13.07.2015 Views

stokes flow in thin films - Engineering Fluid Dynamics / Multi Scale ...

stokes flow in thin films - Engineering Fluid Dynamics / Multi Scale ...

stokes flow in thin films - Engineering Fluid Dynamics / Multi Scale ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS
  • No tags were found...

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

STOKES FLOW IN THIN FILMSD.E.A. van Odyck


This research project was sponsored by NWO-Technology Foundation STW. It was carriedout at the University of Twente.ISBN: 90-9014820-5Pr<strong>in</strong>ted by FEBO druk B.V., Enschede.Copyright © 2001 by D.E.A. van Odyck, Enschede.All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored <strong>in</strong> a retrievalsystem, or transmitted, <strong>in</strong> any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopy<strong>in</strong>g,record<strong>in</strong>g, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the author.


STOKES FLOW IN THIN FILMSPROEFSCHRIFTter verkrijg<strong>in</strong>g vande graad van doctor aan de Universiteit Twente,op gezag van de rector magnicus,prof.dr. F.A. van Vught,volgens besluit van het College voor Promoties<strong>in</strong> het openbaar te verdedigenop vrijdag 18 mei 2001 te 13.15 uur.doorDaniel Ernst Albert van Odyckgeboren op 19 mei 1972te Emmerich, Duitsland


Dit proefschrift is goedgekeurd door:Promotor:Promotor:prof.ir. A.W.J. de Geeprof.dr.ir. H. HoeijmakersAssistent-promotor: dr.ir. C.H. Venner


AcknowledgementThis work could not have been carried out without the help of many people and organizations.Two organizations I would like to thank for their nancial support, namely: theDutch Technology Foundation STW and the University of Twente.I would like to thank the (ex-)members of the tribology group of the faculty of MechanicalEng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g of the University of Twente for their cooperation and support overthe past four years and for creat<strong>in</strong>g a pleasant atmosphere to work: Ton de Gee, JohanLigter<strong>in</strong>k, Hans Moes, Wijtze ten Napel, Matthijn de Rooij, Dik Schipper, Kees Venner,Laurens de Boer, Willy Kerver, Walter Lette, Erik de Vries, Bernd Brogle, Rob Cuperus,Mark van Drogen, Edw<strong>in</strong> Gel<strong>in</strong>ck, Qiang Liu, Harald Lubb<strong>in</strong>ge, Marc Masen, Henk Metselaar,Elmer Mulder, Patrick Pirson, Jan Willem Sloetjes, Ronald van der Stegen, HarmVisscher, Andre Westeneng and Ysbrand Wijnant.I would like to thank Ton de Gee, Harry Hoeijmakers and Kees Venner for be<strong>in</strong>g mypromotors. From the Texas A&M University I would like to thank Luis San Andres forhis remarks concern<strong>in</strong>g the theory. Special thanks to my supervisor and co-promotor KeesVenner for the many discussions and suggestions regard<strong>in</strong>g this research. His positive attitudehelped me through moments of set-back. Iwould like to thank Harry Hoeijmakersfor his constructive remarks on the manuscript.From the \Centrum voor Wiskunde en Informatica" (CWI), Amsterdam, I would liketo thank Barry Koren for his suggestions and for read<strong>in</strong>g part of the manuscript. AlsoI would like to thank the members of the Model<strong>in</strong>g, Analysis and Simulation group atthe CWI for their <strong>in</strong>terest and suggestions. At this po<strong>in</strong>t I would like to mention JaapNoordmans, a former member of the CWI, who performed the rst steps <strong>in</strong> develop<strong>in</strong>g aStokes solver <strong>in</strong> the eld of tribology, but unfortunate he past away too young to see theresults.Iwould like to thank the members of the STW user committee: Piet Lugt (SKF-ERC),Jos van der Kooij (Corus), Leon Jacobs (Corus), Hans Piekaar (STW) and Wijtze tenNapel (UT) for their <strong>in</strong>terest and constructive support dur<strong>in</strong>g the project.For the pleasant work<strong>in</strong>g environment I would like to thank my (ex-)room mates:Qiang Liu, Matthijn de Rooij and Andre Westeneng.i


Samenvatt<strong>in</strong>gOm de strom<strong>in</strong>g van een smeervloeistof tussen twee bijna <strong>in</strong> contact zijnde oppervlakkente beschrijven, <strong>in</strong> bijvoorbeeld kogellagers, wordt er veelvuldig gebruik gemaakt van deReynolds vergelijk<strong>in</strong>g. Deze vergelijk<strong>in</strong>g kan afgeleid worden uit de Navier-Stokes vergelijk<strong>in</strong>gen,onder de aanname dat de spleet tussen de twee oppervlakken kle<strong>in</strong> is en hetReynolds getal laag is. In de meeste gevallen kan deze vergelijk<strong>in</strong>g de strom<strong>in</strong>g van desmeervloeistof <strong>in</strong> de dunne lm goed beschrijven. Als de lmdikte groot is t.o.v. deruwheid kan de <strong>in</strong>vloed van de oppervlakte ruwheid verwaarloosd worden. Echter, metafnemende lmdikte zal de <strong>in</strong>vloed van de oppervlakte ruwheid belangrijker worden, enkan de Reynolds vergelijk<strong>in</strong>g aan geldigheid verliezen. In dit werk wordt onderzochtonder welke omstandigheden de Reynolds vergelijk<strong>in</strong>g niet langer de strom<strong>in</strong>g van desmeervloeistof correct beschrijft. Om dit te doen wordt de veronderstell<strong>in</strong>g dat de ratiolmdikte tot contact lengte kle<strong>in</strong> is, losgelaten. De strom<strong>in</strong>g wordt dan beschreven doorde Stokes vergelijk<strong>in</strong>gen. Er wordt onderzocht hoehetverschil tussen de Stokes oploss<strong>in</strong>gen de Reynolds oploss<strong>in</strong>g afhangt van de geometrie van de oppervlakken voor typischeproblemen zoals de strom<strong>in</strong>g tussen twee oppervlakken met op een oppervlak een s<strong>in</strong>usvormige uitstulp<strong>in</strong>g. Omdat er <strong>in</strong> het algemeen geen analytische oploss<strong>in</strong>g is voor hetprobleem is er eerst een numeriek algoritme ontwikkeld om de Stokes vergelijk<strong>in</strong>gen opte lossen. Voor verschillende oppervlakte geometrieen is vervolgens het verschil tussen deStokes oploss<strong>in</strong>g en de Reynolds oploss<strong>in</strong>g gequanticeerd.Niet alleen de geometrie van de loopvlakken <strong>in</strong> een hydrodynamisch gesmeerd contactheeft <strong>in</strong>vloed op de nauwkeurigheid van de Reynolds oploss<strong>in</strong>g t.o.v. de Stokes oploss<strong>in</strong>g,maar ook de (mogelijke) druk afhankelijkheid van de dichtheid en de viscositeit kunneneen rol spelen. Dit onderwerp is ook onderzocht. Een voorbeeld van een compressibelsmeermiddel is gas (lucht). Normaliter wordt voor gas smer<strong>in</strong>gs problemen de Reynoldsvergelijk<strong>in</strong>g gebruikt. In dit werk wordt de gas strom<strong>in</strong>g onder een stap geometrie onderzochtom de Reynolds oploss<strong>in</strong>g te valideren voor dit geval. Een ander voorbeeld waar<strong>in</strong>de dichtheid druk afhankelijk is, doet zich voor bij de simulatie van cavitatie. Om tot eenrealistisch model te komen van de strom<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> een nauwe spleet, kan het meenemen van eencavitatie model niet achterwege gelaten worden. Het weerhoudt de druk ervan om kle<strong>in</strong>erte worden dan de damp druk. In dit werk wordt een twee fasen model gemplementeerd<strong>in</strong> het numerieke algoritme om de Stokes vergelijk<strong>in</strong>gen op te lossen.Ten slotte, is de <strong>in</strong>vloed van een druk afhankelijke viscositeit op de geldigheid vande Reynolds vergelijk<strong>in</strong>g onderzocht voor de strom<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> een kanaal met op een van deoppervlakken een s<strong>in</strong>us vormige uitstulp<strong>in</strong>g. Aan het e<strong>in</strong>d van het proefschrift bev<strong>in</strong>denzich de conclusies en de aanbevel<strong>in</strong>gen voor vervolg onderzoek.iii


AbstractTo describe the ow of a lubricant between two nearlycontact<strong>in</strong>g surfaces, <strong>in</strong> for examplebear<strong>in</strong>gs, frequently use is made of the Reynolds equation. This equation is deduced fromthe Navier-Stokes equations under the assumptions that the gap between the surfaces,and the Reynolds number is small. It has been used for the past one-hundred yearsto analyze all k<strong>in</strong>ds of hydro/aerodynamic lubrication problems. In most cases, it canaccurately predict the characteristics of the ow <strong>in</strong> the lubricant lm. However, with decreas<strong>in</strong>glm thickness <strong>in</strong> bear<strong>in</strong>gs, the roughness of the contact<strong>in</strong>g surfaces becomes moreimportant and the Reynolds equation less appropiate. In this work it is studied underwhich conditions the Reynolds equation no longer approximates the ow acurately. Todo so the assumption that the ratio lm thickness to contact length is small, is dropped.The ow can then be described by the Stokes equations. It is studied how the geometryof the contact<strong>in</strong>g surfaces <strong>in</strong>uences the dierence between the Stokes solution andthe Reynolds solution for the ow between two surfaces with on one surface a s<strong>in</strong>usoidalfeature. Because generally there is no analytic solution to the problem, rst a numericalalgorithm was developed to solve the Stokes equations. This algorithm was subsequentlyused to quantify the dierence between the Stokes solution and the Reynolds solution fordierent congurations of the contact<strong>in</strong>g surfaces.Not only the geometry of the surfaces can result <strong>in</strong> a less accurate Reynolds solution,relative tothe Stokes solution, but also compressibility andpiezo-viscous eects have animpact on the accuracy of the Reynolds solution relative to the Stokes solution. Thissubject is also studied. A clear example of a compressible lubricant is gas (air). Alsofor gas lubrication problems the Reynolds equation is normally used. In this work theow under a step geometry is studied to <strong>in</strong>vestigate the validity of the Reynolds equationfor this case. Another example of a pressure dependent density can be found <strong>in</strong> thesimulation of cavitation. In order to obta<strong>in</strong> a realistic model for the lubricant ow <strong>in</strong> anarrow gap, a cavitation algorithm should be <strong>in</strong>corporated. It prevents the pressure fromdropp<strong>in</strong>g below the vapor pressure. In this work a two-phase model is implemented <strong>in</strong>the numerical algorithm to solve the Stokes equations.F<strong>in</strong>ally, the <strong>in</strong>uence of a pressure dependent viscosity onthevalidity of the Reynoldsequation is studied for the ow <strong>in</strong> achannel conta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g a s<strong>in</strong>usoidal surface feature. Thethesis is concluded with conclusions and with some recommendations for future research.v


ContentsAcknowledgementSamenvatt<strong>in</strong>gAbstractNotationiiiivix1 Introduction 11.1 Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 Surface roughness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.3 Reynolds versus Stokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.4 Outl<strong>in</strong>e of this thesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Theory 132.1 Stokes model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132.1.1 Curvil<strong>in</strong>ear coord<strong>in</strong>ates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172.1.2 Reynolds equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192.2 Perturbation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202.3 Pressure-dependent viscosity and/or density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232.3.1 Piezo viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242.3.2 Gas lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242.3.3 Cavitation model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242.4 Lift force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Numerical solution 333.1 Discretization (Stokes equations) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333.2 Solv<strong>in</strong>g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393.2.1 <strong>Multi</strong>-grid: general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403.2.2 Relaxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453.2.3 Prolongation and Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513.3 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523.3.1 Model problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523.3.2 <strong>Multi</strong>-grid convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533.4 Pressure-dependent viscosity and/or density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563.4.1 Discretization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57vii


viiiCONTENTS3.4.2 L<strong>in</strong>e solver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583.4.3 Model problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593.4.4 <strong>Multi</strong>-grid convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624 Results for Stokes 634.1 Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634.2 S<strong>in</strong>gle local feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644.2.1 Perturbation SLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694.3 <strong>Multi</strong>ple local feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754.4 EHL relevant geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764.4.1 Perturbation EHL relevant geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 794.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825 Compressibility and piezo-viscous eects 835.1 Compressibility: Gas lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835.2 Compressibility: Cavitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905.2.1 Parabolic gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915.2.2 Cavitation: SLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955.3 Piezo-viscous eects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Conclusions 105Recommendations for further research 107A Determ<strong>in</strong>ation type of equation 109A.1 Incompressible, piezo-viscous ow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109A.2 Compressible, piezo-viscous ow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110B Determ<strong>in</strong>ation speed of sound 113C Second-order perturbation 115D Truncation error of the discrete cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation 117Bibliography 119


NotationIf the dimension is not stated the variable or parameter is dimensionless.a va m<strong>in</strong>speed of sound <strong>in</strong> vapor [m=s]m<strong>in</strong>imal speed of sound <strong>in</strong> mixture [m=s]a 1 a 2 a 3 a 4 a 5 parameters used <strong>in</strong> h(x)a (k)contravariant base vectora (k)covariant base vectorAamplitude wave [m]A mamplitude wave~D diagonal matrix of L he h mf bff ef hF pF wF reyFrey1p gg klg b ( b )GG hh(x)h 1 (x)h 2 (x)HHH totH locIhHIHherror vector e h m = u h m ; ufunction needed <strong>in</strong> backtrack<strong>in</strong>g algorithm f b = 1 2 Lh L hright hand side vectorexternal force [N]right hand side vector for discretized problemforce perpendicular to lower surfaceforce tangent to lower surfaceforce perpendicular to lower surface result<strong>in</strong>g fromReynolds solutionforce perpendicular to lower surface result<strong>in</strong>g from high speedReynolds solutionJacobian of coord<strong>in</strong>ate transformationmetric tensorbacktrack<strong>in</strong>g functioncomputational doma<strong>in</strong>computational gridgrid spac<strong>in</strong>g ne gridlm thickness functionlm thickness function lower surface [m]lm thickness function upper surface [m]grid spac<strong>in</strong>g coarse gridreference lm thickness [m]lm thickness function [m]local lm thickness [m]restriction operatorprolongation operatorix


xCONTENTSJ Jacobian of coord<strong>in</strong>ate transformation J = p gJ b Jacobian of L h (u h )L reference length [m]L() dierential operatorL h matrix result<strong>in</strong>g from discretiz<strong>in</strong>g L()~L lower triangular matrix result<strong>in</strong>g from L h[L h ] stencil representation of L h~L h matrix appear<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> SCGSL h reduced ~L h matrixl 1 l 2 l 3 parameters used <strong>in</strong> x-coord<strong>in</strong>ate transformationM number of unknownsN number of cells <strong>in</strong> i -direction (i =1 2) on square computational gridN c number of multi-grid cyclesp pressure, only <strong>in</strong> equations (2.1), (2.3), (2.67) and (2.69)it has dimension [Pa] otherwise it is dimensionlessp 0 p 1 p 2 perturbation pressures~p 1 (x) pressure result<strong>in</strong>g from perturbation analysis~p 2 (x) pressure result<strong>in</strong>g from perturbation analysisp v vapor pressure [Pa]p v scaled vapor pressure p v = pvH 0 u 0p ij discrete pressurep w p e pressure on <strong>in</strong>ow/outow boundaryp r pressure result<strong>in</strong>g from Reynolds solutionp s pressure result<strong>in</strong>g from Stokes solutionp n Newton step <strong>in</strong> backtrack<strong>in</strong>g algorithmru h ij discrete x-momentum residuediscrete z-momentum residuerwijhrp h ijdiscrete cont<strong>in</strong>uity residuer h discrete residue r h = f h ; L h (u h )R relative liftforceR x () Auto-Correlation function x-direction [m 2 ]R y () Auto-Correlation function y-direction [m 2 ]R() Auto-Correlation function [m 2 ]R e Reynolds number R e = H 0u 0 0Gas constantR gS iteration matrix[S] stencil form iteration matrixu velocity component <strong>in</strong> x-direction, only <strong>in</strong> equations (2.1), (2.2)and (2.3) it has dimension [m=s] otherwise it is dimensionlessu r velocity component <strong>in</strong> x-direction result<strong>in</strong>g from Reynolds solutionu s velocity component <strong>in</strong> x-direction result<strong>in</strong>g from Stokes solutionu 0 reference velocity component <strong>in</strong> x-direction [m=s]u 0 reference velocity vector [m=s]u 1 lower surface speedupper surface speedu 2


CONTENTSxiu 0 zero th -order perturbation velocity component <strong>in</strong>thex-directionu 1 rst-order perturbation velocity component <strong>in</strong> the x-directionu ij discrete x-direction velocity componentu vector of unknownsu h vector of unknowns on grid with spac<strong>in</strong>g hu h 0<strong>in</strong>itial approximation to u hu h m m th approximation to u h~u h old approximation to u hu h new approximation to u hv velocity component <strong>in</strong>y-direction, only <strong>in</strong> equations (2.1), (2.2) and (2.3)it has dimension [m=s] otherwise it is dimensionlessv 0 reference velocity component <strong>in</strong> y-direction [m=s]w velocity component <strong>in</strong>z-direction, only <strong>in</strong> equations (2.1), (2.2) and (2.3)it has dimension [m=s] otherwise it is dimensionlessv velocity vector v =(u v w) T [m=s]w 0 reference velocity component <strong>in</strong> z-direction [m=s]w r velocity component <strong>in</strong>z-direction result<strong>in</strong>g from Reynolds solutionw s velocity component <strong>in</strong>z-direction result<strong>in</strong>g from Stokes solutionw 0 zero th order perturbation velocity component <strong>in</strong>thez-directionw 1 rst order perturbation velocity component <strong>in</strong> the z-directionw ij discrete z-direction velocity componentx y z space coord<strong>in</strong>ates, only <strong>in</strong> equations (2.1), (2.2), (2.3) and <strong>in</strong> chapter (1)it has dimension [m] otherwise they are dimensionless grid aspect angle p pressure viscosity coecient [1=P a] p pressure viscosity coecient p = 0u 0H a mass fraction (appendix B)m<strong>in</strong> a m<strong>in</strong>imal mass fraction (appendix B) parameter <strong>in</strong> x-coord<strong>in</strong>ate transformation parameter <strong>in</strong> two phase cavitation model = 2 0u 0H l a 2 m<strong>in</strong> parameter <strong>in</strong> two phase cavitation model perturbation parameter = 2; boundary doma<strong>in</strong> mesh spac<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> square computational doma<strong>in</strong>, =1=N 1 mesh spac<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> computational doma<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> 1 -direction 2 mesh spac<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> computational doma<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> 2 -direction parameter <strong>in</strong> two phase cavitation model [kg=m 3 ] = 1( 2 l ; v )p parameter <strong>in</strong> two phase cavitation model [Pa] p = 1 2 a2 m<strong>in</strong>x parameter <strong>in</strong> x-coord<strong>in</strong>ate transformation 1 parameter <strong>in</strong> x-coord<strong>in</strong>ate transformation ratio of doma<strong>in</strong> size = H L viscosity, only <strong>in</strong> equation (2.1) it has dimension [Pas]otherwise it is dimensionless 0 reference viscosity [Pas] 0= v l


xiiCONTENTS l liquid viscosity [Pas] v vapor viscosity [Pas] ij discrete viscosity Fourier frequency vector wavelength() eigenvalues wavelength [m] l correlation length [m] ! correlation wavelength [m] c roughness wavelength [m] n bear<strong>in</strong>g number amplication factor 1 2 number of relaxations before/after multi-grid cycle correlation length [m] 1 2 computational coord<strong>in</strong>atesi 1 j2 discrete computational coord<strong>in</strong>ates density, only <strong>in</strong> equations (2.1), (2.2), (2.67) and (2.69)it has dimension [kg=m 3 ] otherwise it is dimensionless 0 reference density [kg=m 3 ] l liquid density [kg=m 3 ] v vapor density [kg=m 3 ] 0 = v l ij discrete density spec spectral radius 2 Root Mean Square value [m 2 ] ij shear stress tensor [kgm 2 =s 2 ](x z) stream function physical doma<strong>in</strong>


Chapter 1IntroductionFriction plays an important role <strong>in</strong> everyday life. It occurs <strong>in</strong> all situations where a forceis transmitted from one surface to another, e.g. <strong>in</strong> bear<strong>in</strong>gs. To control and m<strong>in</strong>imizethe friction <strong>in</strong> order to reduce vibrations and wear it is common to <strong>in</strong>troduce a lubricantbetween the contact<strong>in</strong>g surfaces.1.1 LubricationIn order to decrease the friction and wear between two contact<strong>in</strong>g surfaces it is common toseparate both surfaces with a lubricant, a grease or a coat<strong>in</strong>g. The lubricant lm shouldfulll two requirements. Firstly, its shear strength should be low to be able to obta<strong>in</strong> a lowfriction. Secondly, <strong>in</strong> the direction perpendicular to the surface, it should be sucientlystrong to carry the entire load and prevent direct contact between the two surfaces. Inthat case all shear takes place <strong>in</strong> the lubricant and the friction is determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the shearstrength of the lubricant.Often, not much is needed to create a lubricant lm. The lubricant adheres easilyto the surfaces and the relative motion of these surfaces causes the entra<strong>in</strong>ment of thelubricant<strong>in</strong>to the contact. In that case the thickness of the lm that is formed depends onthe relative surface speeds, the shape of the surfaces and the properties of the lubricant,especially the viscosity. This type of lubrication is called Hydrodynamic Lubrication (HL)and <strong>in</strong> practice it results <strong>in</strong> lm thicknesses of the order of micro meters and generatedpressures of the order of Mega Pascal's.The fact that a lubricant lm can form and carry a load was rst recognized by Tower[81] <strong>in</strong> his experiments. In response to his work Reynolds [65] developed the theory toexpla<strong>in</strong> this lm formation. Start<strong>in</strong>g from the Navier-Stokes equations and assum<strong>in</strong>g asmall lm thickness relative to the contact length he derived an equation for the pressure<strong>in</strong> the gap. The ma<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>gredients of this equation are the shape of the gap and the surfacevelocities. This equation is generally referred to as the Reynolds equation.This equation turned out to be a very useful tool <strong>in</strong> bear<strong>in</strong>g analysis and design. Theearliest examples of the application of the Reynolds equation to bear<strong>in</strong>g design are thetilt<strong>in</strong>g pad thrust bear<strong>in</strong>g, patented by Michell [45], [46] and K<strong>in</strong>gsbury [42]. Much ofthe early work was further <strong>in</strong>vested <strong>in</strong> the analysis of the regular journal bear<strong>in</strong>g, seeSommerfeld [73]. For a detailed account of the history of lubrication the reader is referred1


2 CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTIONto the History of Tribology written by Dowson [21]. An overview of the analysis of manyHydrodynamic Lubrication problems is given by Cameron [7].One of the complications <strong>in</strong> the early years was to obta<strong>in</strong> the solutions to the Reynoldsequation for a given surface geometry with the available analytical tools. This situationchanged with the <strong>in</strong>troduction of the digital computer and the algorithms that were developedfor the numerical solution of the Reynolds equation. One of the earliest examples ofnumerical analysis <strong>in</strong> tribology is the work of Sassenfeld and Walther [71] on the journalbear<strong>in</strong>g problem of nite width.Follow<strong>in</strong>g the successful application of Reynolds' theory to journal bear<strong>in</strong>gs at thebeg<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g of the previous century Mart<strong>in</strong> [44] and Gumbel [33] were the rst to apply itto the problem of the lubrication of gear teeth. The dierence between this problem andthe previous bear<strong>in</strong>g problems is that the surface geometries are non-conform<strong>in</strong>g whichleads to a so-called concentrated contact. They assumed the gear teeth to be rigid andthe lubricant to be iso viscous. The predicted lm thicknesses were very small comparedto the known surface roughness values of gears and it was concluded that the successfuloperation of gears without wear observed <strong>in</strong> practice could not (yet) be accounted for bythe lubricant lm.It took about 30 years before the question was eventually answered and the two additionaleects responsible for the lm formation <strong>in</strong> concentrated contacts were recognized:the elastic deformation of the surfaces due to the high pressures, and the <strong>in</strong>crease of theviscosity with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g pressure. Keynote works <strong>in</strong> this sense are the works of Ertel[28] and Grub<strong>in</strong> [32] followed by the rst numerical solutions obta<strong>in</strong>ed by Petrusevich[57]. By now the lubrication of concentrated contacts has evolved <strong>in</strong>to a separate eld:Elasto-Hydrodynamic Lubrication.As a result of the additional complication of surface deformation and piezo-viscouseects EHL problems turned out to be much more dicult to solve than HL problemsand here the role of the digital computer has been even larger. Dowson and Higg<strong>in</strong>son[23], [24] were the rst to present a lm thickness formula for EHL l<strong>in</strong>e contacts based onnumerical solutions, and Hamrock and Dowson [36], [37] did so for EHL po<strong>in</strong>t contacts.These studies also showed that standard iterative techniques did not work very well forEHL problems. Especially, the elastic deformation <strong>in</strong>tegrals caused two types of problems.Firstly comput<strong>in</strong>g time problems as the matrices of the discrete problem were full,rather than sparse. Secondly the coupl<strong>in</strong>g between pressure and lm shape by the elasticdeformation caused stability problems <strong>in</strong> the numerical algorithms. An important stepforward <strong>in</strong> this eld was the <strong>in</strong>troduction of multi-grid techniques. At present ecient andstable solution algorithms are available for EHL problems. For a detailed description thereader is referred to [90]. At this po<strong>in</strong>t it is noted that <strong>in</strong> this eld not only the numericaltechniques have reached a very high level but also experimental techniques have beenimproved to a level which allows detailed validation of the predictions of the theoreticalmodels [8].It thus seems that at present all the theoretical and experimental tools are availableto answer most lubrication problems. This is not entirely true. When discuss<strong>in</strong>g the workof Mart<strong>in</strong> and Gumbel surface roughness was already mentioned. Technical surfaces arenever perfectly smooth and an important question is how to account for the eect of thesurface roughness on the lm formation. Clearly if the surfaces are so smooth that the


1.2. SURFACE ROUGHNESS 3computed m<strong>in</strong>imum lm thickness for the given operat<strong>in</strong>g conditions is large comparedto the standard deviation of the surface roughness prole <strong>in</strong> the contact the eect of theroughness will be negligible. However, if the roughness is comparable to the thickness ofthe lm one has to take <strong>in</strong>to account its eect on lm formation. The question of theeect of surface roughness on lm formation is not new and has been the subject of manypublications already as will be expla<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> section (1.3). However, before do<strong>in</strong>g so rsta brief illustration of surface roughness is given <strong>in</strong> the next section.1.2 Surface roughnessRealistic surfaces are non-smooth and conta<strong>in</strong> surface roughness. Especially when thesurface roughness is of the order of the lm thickness the non-smoothness of the surfacemust be considered. In order to illustrate this, three dierent type of bear<strong>in</strong>gs have beenstudied. In gures (1.1a), (1.3)(a) and (1.5) photographs of the bear<strong>in</strong>gs are shown. Thethree bear<strong>in</strong>gs are: a ball bear<strong>in</strong>g, a cyl<strong>in</strong>drical roller bear<strong>in</strong>g and a spherical roller bear<strong>in</strong>g.They are labeled with respectively A, B and C. An extension to this code <strong>in</strong>dicates thesurface type: i labels for the <strong>in</strong>ner raceway, o labels for the outer raceway and r labelsfor the roller/ball. For these three bear<strong>in</strong>gs a surface study has been performed. Thisstudy has been done for the <strong>in</strong>ner, outer raceway and for the roller/ball. In gures (1.1),(1.2), (1.3), (1.4) and (1.6) the surface height maps of the dierent bear<strong>in</strong>g surfaces areshown. In these gures the colored bar on the left hand side <strong>in</strong> a picture translates a colorback to a surface height. The horizontal axis represents the x-axis (runn<strong>in</strong>g direction)and the l<strong>in</strong>e under an angle with the horizontal l<strong>in</strong>e represents the y-axis (transverse tothe runn<strong>in</strong>g direction).The surface height maps clearly show that the surfaces are not perfectly smooth. It isalso observed that some of them show a clear pattern. Figures (1.1b), (1.2a), (1.4a) and(1.6a) show a pattern of ridges and furrows. This is not the case <strong>in</strong> gures (1.2b), (1.3b)and (1.6b). This k<strong>in</strong>d of surface topography is the result of the manufactur<strong>in</strong>g process(gr<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g).Not only <strong>in</strong> bear<strong>in</strong>gs the non-smoothness of the surface must be considered but also <strong>in</strong>roll<strong>in</strong>g. The roll<strong>in</strong>g process takes place <strong>in</strong> the mixed lubrication regime. This means thatparts of the roller and the rolled sheet are <strong>in</strong> direct contact and other parts are lubricated.Figures (1.7a) and (1.7b) show two surface height maps of rolled sheet after cold roll<strong>in</strong>gand after a post-roll<strong>in</strong>g step. It is clear that the surfaces are non-smooth on this scale.Besides visual <strong>in</strong>spection of the surface topography, one can study the surface heightmap with statistical tools (for more on this subject see [96]). To characterize the surface itis assumed that it can be described by an amplitude density function and an autocorrelationfunction. The rst function provides the probability density of the roughness heightsand the second function provides the <strong>in</strong>formation related to the roughness spac<strong>in</strong>g. Thetotal lm thickness can be written as the sum of the nom<strong>in</strong>al lm thickness (H n ) and theroughness height (H r )H tot (x y) =H n (x y)+H r (x y) (1.1)with (x y) surface coord<strong>in</strong>ates along the lm. The surface height maps <strong>in</strong> gures (1.1),(1.2), (1.3), (1.4), (1.6) and (1.7) can be represented by the function H r (x y) <strong>in</strong> equation


4 CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION(1.1). Now the Root Mean Square (RMS) roughness can be dened as: 2 = 14L 2 Z LThe Auto-Correlation Function (ACF) <strong>in</strong> x-direction is dened as:R x () = 14L 2 Z L;LZ L;;L;LZ L;LH 2 r (x y) dxdy : (1.2)H r (x y)H r (x + y) dx dy 0 L : (1.3)and a similar expression for R y (). For many surfaces the ACF can be represented by theequationR() = 2 e ;(= l) 2 cos( 2 ) (1.4) !where l is the correlation length and ! is the correlation wavelength. The proposedR() can be tted to the experimentally found R x () andR y (), result<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> a correlationlength/wavelength <strong>in</strong>, respectively, the x and y direction. The cos<strong>in</strong>e <strong>in</strong> equation (1.4)<strong>in</strong>dicates that there is some regularity <strong>in</strong> the surface, <strong>in</strong>troduced by the manufactur<strong>in</strong>gprocess. The smallest of the two correlation lengths, l and ! , denes the characteristicroughness wavelength c . It is now possible to analyze some real surfaces. This wasalso considered <strong>in</strong> [27] where a table was constructed conta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>formation about theratio H= c . For dierent bear<strong>in</strong>gs the same analysis will be conducted here. Because theoperat<strong>in</strong>g conditions are unknown, the lm thickness is assumed to be H =1:0 10 ;6 [m].In table (1.1) the and c have been collected for the dierent bear<strong>in</strong>gs. The c 'shave been split up <strong>in</strong> a x c and a y c. They are calculated from tt<strong>in</strong>g R() to theexperimentally found curves of R x () and R y (), respectively. Furthermore, it was notnecessary to <strong>in</strong>clude the cos<strong>in</strong>e term <strong>in</strong> equation (1.4), because if a regular pattern ispresent, the ! is much longer than the l . The bear<strong>in</strong>g code corresponds to the codegiven <strong>in</strong> gures (1.1), (1.2), (1.3), (1.4) and (1.6). In table (1.1) also the statisticalparameters for the rolled sheets, shown <strong>in</strong> gure (1.7), are collected.Table (1.1) shows that H= x c and H= y c can reach values of the order of O(0:1) butfor a ten times smaller lm thickness, not unusual <strong>in</strong> EHL, they are of the order O(0:01).The , a measure for the amplitude of the surface roughness, is of order O(1 10 ;8 )[m]. Itis observed that the of the roll surfaces is much larger then the of the bear<strong>in</strong>g surfacesbut the c is for both type of surfaces of the same order.1.3 Reynolds versus StokesFor a Newtonian uid the Navier-Stokes (NS) equations describe the conservation ofmomentum. If the <strong>in</strong>ertia terms are very small compared to the viscous terms, they reduceto the Stokes equations. Assum<strong>in</strong>g that H=L 1 ,where H is the local lm thickness andL some typical length scale <strong>in</strong> the contact, it follows from the Stokes equations that thepressure is <strong>in</strong>dependent of the cross-lm coord<strong>in</strong>ate. This simplies the Stokes equationsand an expression for the velocity eld as a function of the unknown pressure can befound. Substitution of the velocity eld <strong>in</strong> the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation and <strong>in</strong>tegrat<strong>in</strong>g it overthe lm thickness results <strong>in</strong> the Reynolds [65] equation. This is an equation <strong>in</strong> which the


1.3. REYNOLDS VERSUS STOKES 5Bear<strong>in</strong>g (10 ;8 [m]) y c (10 ;6 [m]) x c (10 ;6 [m])Ai 3:3 4:4 33:5 0:23 0:03Ao 3:7 5:4 33:7 0:19 0:03Ar 9:4 10:3 8:8 0:10 0:11Bi 11:0 3:6 7:5 0:28 0:13Bo 7:6 13:3 99:6 0:08 0:01Br 6:1 8:2 35:7 0:12 0:03Co 49:2 72:5 12:6 0:01 0:08Cr 9:9 5:4 12:6 0:19 0:08cold roll<strong>in</strong>g 165:0 39:3 75:8 0:03 0:01post-roll<strong>in</strong>g 147:0 26:9 49:5 0:04 0:02H y cH x cTable 1.1: Statistical parameters for dierent bear<strong>in</strong>g types and rolled sheet. AssumptionH =1:0 10 ;6 [m]pressure is <strong>in</strong>dependent of the cross-lm coord<strong>in</strong>ate. The assumption H=L 1 may nolonger hold <strong>in</strong> the case of non-smooth surfaces.As mentioned <strong>in</strong> the previous section the trend <strong>in</strong> bear<strong>in</strong>g design is towards moreextreme conditions which lead to smaller nom<strong>in</strong>al lm thickness values. At a certa<strong>in</strong>po<strong>in</strong>t obviously the amplitude of the surface roughness will be of the same order of thelm thickness and the question arises to what extend the Reynolds equation is still valid.Based on the anticipated validity of the Reynolds equation one now dist<strong>in</strong>guishes twotypes of roughness: Reynolds roughness versus Stokes roughness, see Elrod [25]. Theyare dened as: Reynolds roughness H= c 1. Stokes roughness H= c 1,where c represents the characteristic wavelength of the surface roughness. By characteristicwavelength is meant the c <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> section (1.2). It was observed <strong>in</strong> table(1.1) that ratios of H= c 0:1 can occur. So, <strong>in</strong> the case of Reynolds roughness, theReynolds equation appropriately describes the uid ow <strong>in</strong> a lubricated contact, otherwisethe Stokes equations should be used.This separation between two types of roughness is rather academic. It only <strong>in</strong>dicateswhich type of model<strong>in</strong>g equation(s) can be used to analyze the problem. In practiceassum<strong>in</strong>g Reynolds roughness simply means assum<strong>in</strong>g that the lm geometry is such thatboth on a global as well as on a local scale its eect on lm formation can be analyzedby means of the Reynolds equation without justication for this assumption be<strong>in</strong>g given.Also, it is not clear where the border between Reynolds and Stokes roughness should bedrawn and how it is related to the problem parameters. As a result Reynolds roughness <strong>in</strong>practice simply means that the models and numerical algorithms that havebeendevelopedbased on the Reynolds equation and assum<strong>in</strong>g smooth surfaces are modied or adaptedsuch that rough surface eects can be <strong>in</strong>corporated.


6 CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTIONBased on the way <strong>in</strong> which roughness eects are <strong>in</strong>corporated <strong>in</strong> a model (Stokes orReynolds) one can dist<strong>in</strong>guish two approaches: Determ<strong>in</strong>istic approach Statistic approachThese two approaches are related to the ways <strong>in</strong> which rough surfaces can be analyzedas shown <strong>in</strong> the previous section. The determ<strong>in</strong>istic approach is related to the exactdescription of the surface geometry as a function of the coord<strong>in</strong>ates, i.e. equation (1.1).The lm thickness given by this equation is used <strong>in</strong> the model, e.g. Reynolds' equation,which is then solved. Orig<strong>in</strong>ally this determ<strong>in</strong>istic approach was not very popular. Anaccurate description of a surface geometry on a local scale requires many grid po<strong>in</strong>tsand for a long time most numerical solution algorithms could not even deal ecientlywith the smooth surface problem, let alone that it could be solved with so many gridpo<strong>in</strong>ts that tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account surface roughness or local features <strong>in</strong> a determ<strong>in</strong>istic wayseemed feasible. This situation has changed <strong>in</strong> the past decades. Early examples ofdeterm<strong>in</strong>istic studies <strong>in</strong> the eld of EHL are [30], [31]. With the present generation ofstable and ecient algorithms for the models based on Reynolds equation even transientproblems can be solved us<strong>in</strong>g many grid po<strong>in</strong>ts on small scale computers. As a resultalso the eects of surface features on lm formation and performance of po<strong>in</strong>t contactscan now be analyzed <strong>in</strong> a determ<strong>in</strong>istic way. Examples of such studies are [91], [92] and[97]. Quite encourag<strong>in</strong>gly the agreement between the results of experiments us<strong>in</strong>g optical<strong>in</strong>terferometry [41] and the computed lm shapes is very good. However, <strong>in</strong> the particularcase of an articial ridge mov<strong>in</strong>g through the EHL contact discrepancies were observedbetween the experimental [41] and theoretical [89] results that could not be expla<strong>in</strong>ed.The numerical simulation <strong>in</strong>volves the solution of the time-dependent Reynolds equation.It was found that a uctuation of the height, for example <strong>in</strong>duced by a ridge, willpass through the contact with the average speed of the contact<strong>in</strong>g bodies, <strong>in</strong>dependentof the speed of the feature that <strong>in</strong>duces it. In the numerical simulations the form of the<strong>in</strong>duced uctuation of the height does not change signicantly dur<strong>in</strong>g the passage throughthe contact region. In the experiments we can detect a spread<strong>in</strong>g of the uctuation of theheight. This could <strong>in</strong>dicate the limits of the Reynolds equation. More general we are ledto the question to what extent a surface feature leads to a lm pressure dependent onthecross-sectional position.As expla<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> the previous section, <strong>in</strong>stead of look<strong>in</strong>g at surface height maps, onecan try to characterize a surface roughness prole by means of statistical parameters.This way of look<strong>in</strong>g at rough surfaces has led to the so-called statistic approach. In thisapproach one does a number of assumptions regard<strong>in</strong>g the statistical properties of theroughness distribution. The statistical roughness description is then substituted <strong>in</strong> themodel problem and after an often lengthy analysis a generalized Reynolds or Stokes modelfollows <strong>in</strong> which <strong>in</strong>tegrals of the surface roughness appear. The <strong>in</strong>tegrals can be recasted<strong>in</strong> a form that conta<strong>in</strong>s the Auto-Correlation Function (ACF) of the surface roughness.The result<strong>in</strong>g model is only slightly more complex then the model for the smooth surfaceswhich obviously expla<strong>in</strong>s its popularity when fast numerical solution algorithms were notyet available. The most dom<strong>in</strong>ant statistical quantity appear<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the equations are the


1.3. REYNOLDS VERSUS STOKES 7Root Mean Square (RMS) value of the roughness and the auto-correlation length of thesurface roughness. In general it is observed that the occurrence of roughness yields alarger load capacity then for the smooth surface case. Examples of this approach basedon Reynolds equation are the works of Tzeng and Saibel [84], [85], Christensen and coworkers[13], [14], [15], [16], Elrod [25], [26] , Cheng and Dyson [10] and also [11], [12], Sun[76], Phan Thien, [58], [60], [61], [62] and Prakash [63]. A related approach referred to as'the ow factor method' is where the details of the roughness enter <strong>in</strong> coecients of theReynolds equation as so-called ow factors, see [54], [56], [78], [27], [82]. This ow factormethod is widely used <strong>in</strong> practice. It has been used <strong>in</strong> both Hydrodynamic Lubrication aswell as Elastohydrodynamic Lubrication problems. Examples of the latter are [70], [55],[83].Most likely because of the additional dimension and the associated additional problemsrelated to the analysis and numerical solution only very few studies exist <strong>in</strong> which theStokes problem or Stokes roughness is considered. Probably the earliest examples are thework of Sun and Chen [77] us<strong>in</strong>g the statistical approach and of a later date [59]. Also <strong>in</strong>[48] and [49] Stokes roughness was studied us<strong>in</strong>g a perturbation approach.Only a few researchers [50], [72] have tried to solve numerically the Stokes equations<strong>in</strong> the case of a hydrodynamically lubricated contact. In [50] a multi-grid solver wasdeveloped to solve the Stokes equations on a highly anisotropic-rectangular doma<strong>in</strong>. In[72] the EHL problem is solved but now the uid ow is described by modied Stokesequations (some viscous terms have been omitted). Especially for slid<strong>in</strong>g, the results showdierences between the Reynolds and the Stokes solution.From the above it can be concluded that the geometry of the contact determ<strong>in</strong>es thevalidity of the Reynolds equation but one has never shown the exact conditions on thegeometry. What about the other quantities that enter the Reynolds equation like thedensity and the viscosity? Is it possible that a rapid change <strong>in</strong> these quantities limits thevalidity oftheReynolds equation? This was po<strong>in</strong>ted out by [1] <strong>in</strong> the case of a pressuredependentviscosity. It was shown analytically that a cross-lm ow exists for a Stokesow between parallel plates. So, besides geometrically <strong>in</strong>duced dierences between theReynolds and the Stokes solution, it was found <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g to <strong>in</strong>vestigate the eect of apressure-dependent viscosity and/or density on the validity of the Reynolds equation. Anapplication of a pressure-dependent density can be found <strong>in</strong> gas bear<strong>in</strong>gs where one usesthe ideal gas law to describe the relation between pressure and density. The cavitationof the oil <strong>in</strong> the outow region <strong>in</strong> bear<strong>in</strong>gs can be simulated with a pressure-dependentdensity.Besides the <strong>in</strong>vestigation of the limits of the Reynolds equation, it is also a challengeto develop the necessary numerical tools. Some numerical diculties are encountered<strong>in</strong> solv<strong>in</strong>g the Stokes equations. For example: the strong anisotropy of the doma<strong>in</strong>, thecurved boundary and the rapid change of density and viscosity. These problems may seemsmall for CFD-oriented readers but are rather new <strong>in</strong> tribology.In conclusion it can be said that the applicability of the Reynolds equation is questionable<strong>in</strong> two ways: extreme geometries, severe viscosity/density pressure relations.


8 CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION1.4 Outl<strong>in</strong>e of this thesisIn chapter (2) the Reynolds equation is derived. The uid momentum equations are<strong>in</strong>troduced and a perturbation approach is expla<strong>in</strong>ed. Furthermore, some relation betweenviscosity, density and pressure are <strong>in</strong>troduced to model gas bear<strong>in</strong>gs and cavitation. Inchapter (3) the numerical techniques to solve the equations, <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> chapter (2), areexpla<strong>in</strong>ed. Also, <strong>in</strong> this chapter, the multi-grid performance and numerically accuracy ofthe developed solvers will be illustrated. Chapter (4) conta<strong>in</strong>s the results of the numericaland perturbation work for the dierent types of surface features. In chapter (5) someapplications concern<strong>in</strong>g a pressure-dependent viscosity and density are presented. And,nally, the conclusions and recommendations of the present work are presented.


1.4. OUTLINE OF THIS THESIS 9(a)Figure 1.1: (a): Photo of ball bear<strong>in</strong>g A. (b): Surface heights of <strong>in</strong>ner raceway of bear<strong>in</strong>gA.(b)(a)(b)Figure 1.2: Surface heights of bear<strong>in</strong>g A. (a): For the outer raceway. (b): For the ball.


10 CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION(a)Figure 1.3: (a): Photo of cyl<strong>in</strong>drical roller bear<strong>in</strong>g B. (b): Surface heights of <strong>in</strong>nerraceway of bear<strong>in</strong>g B.(b)(a)(b)Figure 1.4: Surface heights of bear<strong>in</strong>g B. (a): For the outer raceway. (b): For the roller.


1.4. OUTLINE OF THIS THESIS 11Figure 1.5: Photo of spherical roller bear<strong>in</strong>g C.(a)(b)Figure 1.6: Surface heights of bear<strong>in</strong>g C. (a): For the outer raceway. (b): For the roller.(a)(b)Figure 1.7: Surface heights of rolled sheet. (a): After cold roll<strong>in</strong>g. (b): After apost-roll<strong>in</strong>g step.


12 CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION


Chapter 2TheoryAs expla<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> the previous chapter, technical surfaces are never perfectly smooth. Forth<strong>in</strong>ner lms the <strong>in</strong>uence of the roughness on the performance will <strong>in</strong>crease. If theroughness is such that the gap is still locally narrow, its eects may still be predictedaccurately from the Reynolds equation. However, the question is what criteria regard<strong>in</strong>gamplitude, wavelength etc. should be satised. The <strong>in</strong>vestigation of the validity of thenarrow gap assumption forms the topicofthisthesis.As a start, <strong>in</strong> this chapter a description of the ow between the surfaces is given,based on the Stokes equations. The Stokes equations are written <strong>in</strong> a boundary ttedcoord<strong>in</strong>ate system to handle non-rectangular doma<strong>in</strong>s. The transformed momentum andcont<strong>in</strong>uity equations are rather <strong>in</strong>volved, but the implementation of boundary conditionsis easy. It is shown how the Reynolds equation is deduced from the Stokes equations.In particular, with a perturbation analysis of the Stokes equations it is shown that theReynolds equation is the zero th order perturbation solution. Not only geometry limitsthe validity ofthe Reynolds equation but also a pressure dependent viscosity or density.A pressure dependent density will be used to simulate gas lubrication and cavitation. Tosimulate real lubrication problems, cavitation must be <strong>in</strong>cluded, to prevent the pressurefrom be<strong>in</strong>g lower then the vapor pressure. It is mentioned that special care must be takenif one computes the lift force, <strong>in</strong> the Stokes case, because certa<strong>in</strong> terms do not drop. Thelift force can be used to quantify the dierence between the Reynolds solution and theStokes solution.2.1 Stokes modelThe motion of a Newtonian uid can be described by the Navier-Stokes (N-S) equations.In Cartesian coord<strong>in</strong>ates they are given by:@(v)@twhere for i j =1 2 3and(x 1 x 2 x 3 )=(x y z) 2 (1) ij = ij + r(v v + p1 ; ) =f e (2.1)13


14 CHAPTER 2. THEORY() ij = ( @vj@x + @vii @x ) ; 2 j 3 (rv) ij = viscosity = density v = (u v w) T velocity vector f e = external force eld :In the follow<strong>in</strong>g it will be assumed that there are no external forces. The density and thevelocity have to satisfy the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation:@(v)@t+ r(v) =0: (2.2)Although, <strong>in</strong> a th<strong>in</strong> lm, thermal eects can play an important role, throughout thisthesis isothermal conditions are assumed. This implies that the energy equation is notrequired <strong>in</strong> the mathematical model of the ow. However, this does not imply that thelubricant properties are constant. Generally the viscosity and the density depend on thepressure. In this thesis only two-dimensional ow problems will be studied. Figure (2.1)shows a typical conguration of a lubricated contact between two surfaces. The boundaryconditions for the ow <strong>in</strong> the gap will be given <strong>in</strong> terms of the velocity of the surfacesand the pressure at the <strong>in</strong>let and outlet of the lm. A pressure boundary condition at the<strong>in</strong>ow/outow is needed because, generally, the velocity proles on these boundaries arenot known.z; 2; 3 ; 4h 2 (x)h 1 (x)o; 1xFigure 2.1: The doma<strong>in</strong> .The boundary conditions are:; 1 : v = u 0 ; 2 : u =0w =0; 3 : p =0w=0; 4 : p =0w=0:(2.3)


2.1. STOKES MODEL 15The pressure on the boundaries ; 3 and ; 4 is taken to be zero because <strong>in</strong> a hydrodynamicallylubricated contact the pressure is large, compared to the ambient pressure. In thisthesis only steady ow situations are considered. This implies that the surface on whicha feature is present (; 2 <strong>in</strong> gure (2.1)) has zero velocity.To analyze the equations, dimensionless variables have been <strong>in</strong>troduced accord<strong>in</strong>g to[49]. Assum<strong>in</strong>g a characteristic speed u 0 , a characteristic length L <strong>in</strong> the x-direction, acharacteristic height H <strong>in</strong> the z-direction, a characteristic density 0 and a characteristicviscosity 0 , the variables can be transformed accord<strong>in</strong>g to:u ! u 0 uw ! u 0 w = H L x ! Lx z ! Hz (2.4)p ! 0u 0H p : ! 0 ! 0 Substitution of (2.4) leads to the dimensionless momentum equations:" @(u2 )Re + @(uw) #+ @ " 2 2@x @z @x 3 @w@z ; 4 3 @u #; @ " 2 @w@x @z @x + @u@zRe 2 " @(wu)@xand the equation of cont<strong>in</strong>uity:= ; @p@x (2.5)#+ @(w2 )+ @ " 2@z @z 3 @u@x ; 4 3 @w #; @ " @u@z @x @z + 3 @w #@x= ; @p@z (2.6)#@(u)@x+ @(w)@z=0 (2.7)where Re = H 0u 0 0represents the Reynolds number based on lm height. The aboveequations will henceforth be referred to as the \Navier-Stokes model". If surface roughnessdoes not play a role (the surface heights are small compared to the lm thickness) then <strong>in</strong>for example EHL contacts = O(0:001) and Re = O(0:001). In that case the convectiveterms and certa<strong>in</strong> viscous terms can be neglected <strong>in</strong> equation (2.5) and (2.6). Thesesimplied equations then lead to the Reynolds equation as is expla<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> section (2.1.2).Otherwise, if surface roughness is considered, locally the parameter may not be small(take for H the local lm thickness and for L the characteristic roughness wavelength)and certa<strong>in</strong> viscous terms <strong>in</strong> equations (2.5) and (2.6) do not drop. So the viscous termsare of order one and still Re 1. This means that the convective terms can be dropped.In [48] it has been demonstrated with a series expansion <strong>in</strong> the parameters and Reof the dependent variables <strong>in</strong> equations (2.5), (2.6) and (2.7) that for a ow betweena geometry like <strong>in</strong> gure (2.1) and boundary conditions (2.4), the pressure correction


16 CHAPTER 2. THEORYresult<strong>in</strong>g from the convective terms is much smaller then the pressure correction from theviscous terms. In their study the wavelength of the harmonic surface roughness was ofthe order of the lm thickness, the amplitude was 0:75 times the lm thickness, =0:003and Re = 0:001. Therefore, as a rst step, <strong>in</strong> this work convective terms are neglected.In that case, equations (2.5), (2.6), (2.7) reduce to: 2 @@x @ @z" 23 @w@z ; 4 3 @u@x" 23 @u@x ; 4 3 @w@z##" 2 @w@x + @u@z; @ @z; @ " @u@x @z + 3 @w@x##= ; @p@x (2.8)= ; @p@z (2.9)@(u)@x+ @(w) =0: (2.10)@zEquations (2.8), (2.9) and (2.10) will henceforth be referred to as the \Stokes model".For an <strong>in</strong>compressible ow these equations further reduce to: @p@x ; @ "22 @u #; @ " 2 @w@x @x @z @x + @u #=0 (2.11)@z@p@z ; 2 @ @z" @w@z#; @ " @u@x @z + 3 @w@x#=0 (2.12)@u@x + @w =0: (2.13)@zIf is also constant ( = 1) the momentum equations are of elliptic type and simplify to: @p@x ; @2 u2@x ; @2 u=0 (2.14)2 @z2 @p@z ; @2 w3@x 2; w@2 =0 (2.15)@z2 @u@x + @w =0: (2.16)@zIf is a function of p and the density is not, then they can be fully elliptic, partiallyparabolic or partially hyperbolic, depend<strong>in</strong>g on the value of ( ddp )2 [( @u + @w@z @x )2 ; 4 @u @w] ; 1,@x @zsee [1] and appendix (A).An important quantity, often used to visualize the ow eld, is the stream function(x z) dened by:@ @= u = ;w : (2.17)@z @xIt can be calculated accord<strong>in</strong>g to(x z) =The streaml<strong>in</strong>es are dened by the l<strong>in</strong>es of constant .Z z0u dz 0 : (2.18)


2.1. STOKES MODEL 172.1.1 Curvil<strong>in</strong>ear coord<strong>in</strong>atesTo handle non-rectangular boundaries it is convenient to <strong>in</strong>troduce a transformation ofthe <strong>in</strong>dependent variables from Cartesian coord<strong>in</strong>ates to curvil<strong>in</strong>ear coord<strong>in</strong>ates. Theadvantage is that the implementation of boundary conditions is much easier and also thatthe doma<strong>in</strong> on which the problem is to be solved transforms <strong>in</strong>to a rectangular doma<strong>in</strong> onwhich it is easier to discretize. In our tribological context there will be no steep gradients<strong>in</strong> the grid l<strong>in</strong>es, i.e., is small. As a result it is sucient to transform only the x- andz- coord<strong>in</strong>ate and there is no real need to transform the velocity vector too. This has theadvantage that the dicult task of discretiz<strong>in</strong>g Christoel symbols [93], result<strong>in</strong>g fromthe velocity transformation, does not arise. This idea of rst transform<strong>in</strong>g the momentumequations from the physical doma<strong>in</strong> to the computational doma<strong>in</strong> and then discretiz<strong>in</strong>gthe equations on a rectangular grid is based on the work of Oosterlee [51].Let the relation between the physical coord<strong>in</strong>ates x = (x 1 x 2 ) = (x z) 2 and thecomputational coord<strong>in</strong>ates ( 1 2 ) 2 G be given by:x = x( 1 2 ) (2.19)see gure (2.2) for an illustration. It is demanded that the <strong>in</strong>verse transformation exists,so the Jacobian J of the transformation:J =@x@ 1@x@ 2!@z@ 1@z@ 2: (2.20)has a non-zero determ<strong>in</strong>ant. Subsequently, with the contravariant base vectors, the covariantbase vectors and the relations between these, the Stokes equations, can be transformedfrom the physical doma<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>to the computational doma<strong>in</strong>. Contravariant basevectors a (k) k =(1 2) are dened as vectors normal to the k = constant l<strong>in</strong>es,a (k) = r k : (2.21)Covariant base vectors a (k) are dened as vectors tangential to the coord<strong>in</strong>ate l<strong>in</strong>es k :In this coord<strong>in</strong>ate system a vector is dened as:a (k) = @x@ k : (2.22)u = u 1 a (1) + u 2 a (2) : (2.23)As an example the covariant vectors a (i) are shown <strong>in</strong> gure (2.2). In the follow<strong>in</strong>g theE<strong>in</strong>ste<strong>in</strong> summation convention 1 will be used. Us<strong>in</strong>g the metric tensor g klthe follow<strong>in</strong>g holds:g kl = a (k) a (l) (2.24)det(J) =det(g kl )= p g = a 1 (1)a 2 (2); a 1 (2)a 2 (1): (2.25)1 Summation over repeated subscript/superscript <strong>in</strong>dices, for example u i u i = i u i u i


18 CHAPTER 2. THEORYx 2 2 a (1) 1a (2)x 1Figure 2.2: Curvil<strong>in</strong>ear coord<strong>in</strong>ates 1 2 with covariant base vectors.Introduc<strong>in</strong>g the denition of the gradient:and us<strong>in</strong>g the geometrical conservation law:@r = a (k)(2.26)@ k@@ k (p ga (k) )=0 (2.27)leads to the follow<strong>in</strong>g expressions of equations (2.8), (2.9) and (2.10), transformed tocurvil<strong>in</strong>ear coord<strong>in</strong>ates <strong>in</strong> a conservative form: @ "2 p ga (k) 4 @u@ k 13 a(l) 1@ ; 2 !#@wl 3 a(l) 2 + @ " p !#ga (k)@ l @ k 2 2 a (l) @w1@ + @ul a(l) 2 =@ l" !#@ pga (k)@ k 1 a (l) @u2@ + l 3 a (l) @w1@ l= @@ k (p ga (k)1 p) (2.28)+ @ " p ga (k)@ k 243 a(l) 2@w@ ; 2 !#@ul 3 a(l) 1 =@ l= @@ k (p ga (k)2 p) (2.29)@@ k (p ga (k)l u l )=0: (2.30)The equations (2.11), (2.12) and (2.13) transform to:2 @ "2 p #ga (k)@ k 1 a (l) @u1 + @ " p !#ga (k)@ l @ k 2 2 a (l) @w1@ + @ul a(l) 2 =@ l= @@ k (p ga (k)1 p) (2.31)


2.1. STOKES MODEL 19"@ p ga (k)@ k1 a (l)2!#@u@ + l 3 a (l) @w1@ l+2 @@ k " p ga (k)2 a (l)2#@w=@ l= @@ k (p ga (k)2 p) (2.32)@@ k (p ga (k)l u l )=0: (2.33)In these equations the contravariant base vectors a (k)l appear. However, because x =x( 1 2 ), it is more convenient to use the covariant base vectors <strong>in</strong>stead. The two typesof base vectors form an orthonormal set,a (k) a (l) = k l : (2.34)From this it follows that:a (1) = 1 p ga 2 (2);a 1 (2)! a (2) = 1 p g;a 2 (1)a 1 (1)!: (2.35)2.1.2 Reynolds equationFrom equations (2.8), (2.9) and (2.10) the Reynolds equation (see [65]) can be derived.Let the upper and lower surface be dened by z = h 1 (x) and z = h 2 (x), see gure (2.1),and it is assumed that = (p) = (p). If <strong>in</strong> equation (2.8) the terms conta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g 2are omitted and if <strong>in</strong> equation (2.9) the terms conta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g and 3 are omitted, it followsthat: @p@x ; @ @z@(u)@x@p@z@u( )=0 (2.36)@z=0 (2.37)+ @(w)@z=0: (2.38)From equation (2.37) it follows that p(x z) =p(x). Integrat<strong>in</strong>g equation (2.36) twice withrespect to z us<strong>in</strong>g the boundary conditions u(x z = h 1 (x)) = u 1 and u(x z = h 2 (x)) = u 2gives:u(x z) = dp2 dx (z2 ; z(h 1 + h 2 )+h 1 h 2 )+z (u 2 ; u 1 )+ h 1u 2 ; h 2 u 1: (2.39)h 2 ; h 1 h 1 ; h 2Because the pressure is now <strong>in</strong>variant under a z-coord<strong>in</strong>ate transformation z ! z ; h 1and h = h 2 ; h 1 , the above equation can be transformed <strong>in</strong>to:u = dp2 dx (z2 ; zh)+z (u 2 ; u 1 )+ u 1 : (2.40)h


20 CHAPTER 2. THEORYIntegrat<strong>in</strong>g the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation with respect to z,leads toddxZ h(x)z=0Z h(x)z=0@(u)Z h(x)@x dz + z=0(u)dz ; u(x h(x)) dhdx@(w)dz =0 (2.41)@z+ w(x h(x)) ; w(x 0) = 0 : (2.42)where use has been made of the \Leibniz" rule 2 . Substitution of u from equation (2.40) andthe boundary values for u,w together with w(x h(x)) = u(x h(x)) dh gives the Reynoldsdxequation for this specic problem (see gure (2.1)):"d ; dpdx 12 dx h3 + h (u #1 + u 2 )=0: (2.43)2So, <strong>in</strong> the Reynolds case the doma<strong>in</strong> can be transformed to the height function h(x).Summariz<strong>in</strong>g, if 1 the pressure will not depend on z. As a result, solv<strong>in</strong>g p, u, w asa function of x, z can be replaced by solv<strong>in</strong>g p(x) from (2.43) with the gap function h(x)given and appropriate boundary conditions. The velocity u(x z) can then be obta<strong>in</strong>edfrom equation (2.40). F<strong>in</strong>ally, the velocity prole w(x z) follows from the equation ofcont<strong>in</strong>uity:Z zw = ;0@(u)dz : (2.44)@xAfter substitution of (2.40) <strong>in</strong> (2.44) and us<strong>in</strong>g (2.43) to elim<strong>in</strong>ate d2 pan expression fordx 2w follows:w =u 1 (1 ; z h )+u 2(2 ; z z2h ) dhh 2 dx +(z h ; dh dp1)z2 2 dx dx +"u 1 (2 ; h z ; z h )+u 2(1 ; z # z2h ) d dph dp dx : (2.45)So, if is small, rather then solv<strong>in</strong>g a two-dimensional ow problem, it suces to solve aone-dimensional ow problem. However, if is not small, the assumption that p = p(x)will no longer be valid and the complete system of equations must be solved on a twodimensionaldoma<strong>in</strong>.2.2 PerturbationFor small , the Reynolds equation is expected to yield accurate results. For large ,Stokes must be solved. However, one may expect that there is an <strong>in</strong>termediate regime <strong>in</strong>which a \corrected" Reynolds solution can be useful. In particular, is it possible to producea better approximation than the Reynolds solution, <strong>in</strong> the tribologically <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g2 (R R d h2(x)g(x dx h1(x) z)dz) =g(x h 2(x)) dh2; g(x h dx1(x)) dh1+ h2(x) @gdzdx h1(x) @x


2.2. PERTURBATION 21operat<strong>in</strong>g range? Such a solution can <strong>in</strong>deed be obta<strong>in</strong>ed from a perturbation analysis.This analysis is presented below.A regular expansion <strong>in</strong> 2 for the dependent variables <strong>in</strong> equations (2.14), (2.15) and(2.16) was used, as proposed <strong>in</strong> [49]. The parameter 2 , occurr<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> these equations, mustbe small to give a convergent expansion. However, even for small 2 the expansion canbreak down when the gradient <strong>in</strong> the surface is too large, which may be due to a localsurface feature. After <strong>in</strong>troduction of the parameter = 2 , the Stokes equations can bewritten as: @p@x ; @2 u@z ; @2 u=0 (2.46)2 @x2 @p@z ; @2 w@z 2@u@x + @w@z; @2 w2 =0 (2.47)@x2 =0: (2.48)These are the same as equations (2.14), (2.15) and (2.16), only equation (2.15) is multipliedby . So eectively a new variable is <strong>in</strong>troduced, namely p. If another scal<strong>in</strong>g had beenused, like p ! 0u 0 Lp, then equations (2.14), (2.15) and (2.16) would only conta<strong>in</strong> andH 2 2 and series expansion <strong>in</strong> would be obvious. For = 0 they give equations (2.36),(2.37) and (2.38) (with = 1 and = 1), which lead to the Reynolds equation. Thefollow<strong>in</strong>g expansion of the dependent variables will be substituted <strong>in</strong> the above equations:u(x z) = u 0 (x)+u 1 (x z)+O( 2 ) w(x z) = w 0 (x z)+w 1 (x z)+O( 2 ) p(x z) = p 0 (x)+p 1 (x z)+O( 2 ) :(2.49)Equat<strong>in</strong>g equal orders <strong>in</strong> , gives to zero th -order: @p 0@x ; @2 u 0=0 (2.50)@z2 @p 0@z=0 (2.51)@u 0@x + @w 0@z=0: (2.52)Upon <strong>in</strong>tegration of equation (2.50) twice, with respect to z and us<strong>in</strong>g the velocity boundaryconditions u 0 (x 0) = 1, u 0 (x h) =0,it follows thatu 0 = dp 02 dx z(z ; h) ; z +1: (2.53)hAfter substitution of u 0 <strong>in</strong> equation (2.52) and <strong>in</strong>tegration with respect to z, the Reynoldsequation for p 0 (x) results:"d6h(x) ; h 3 (x) dp #0=0: (2.54)dxdx


22 CHAPTER 2. THEORYWith the help of equation (2.45) an expression for w 0 can be deduced:w 0 = z2 (z ; h) dhdx (h2 dp 0dx ; 2)2h 3 : (2.55)The equations for the rst-order terms are the same as the equations given above,however, now the right-hand side is not zero but formed by derivatives of the zero th -ordersolution. @p 1@x ; @2 u 1@z 2 = @2 u 0@x 2 (2.56) @p 1@z = @2 w 0 (2.57)@z 2@u 1@x + @w 1=0: (2.58)@zThe set of equations (2.56), (2.57) and (2.58) can be solved <strong>in</strong> a similar way as the set ofequations (2.50), (2.51) and (2.52). The <strong>in</strong>tegration of equation (2.57) with respect to zgives an expression for the pressure correction,p 1 = @w 0@z +~p 1(x) : (2.59)The double <strong>in</strong>tegration of equation (2.56) with respect to z results <strong>in</strong> an expression foru 1 . The unknown variable p 1 <strong>in</strong> the equation for u 1 follows from equation (2.59). After<strong>in</strong>tegration of equation (2.58) with respect to z and substitution of the expression for u 1and the correct boundary values, an equation for ~p 1 follows:ddx24 dhdx! 2(6c 1 +28h(x)) + d2 hdx h(x)(c 1 +4h(x)) ;10h(x) d~p 3 12 dx#=0: (2.60)where c 1 is an <strong>in</strong>tegration constant 3 result<strong>in</strong>g from <strong>in</strong>tegration of equation (2.54). Asp 0 = p 0 (x) it is clear that the z-dependency <strong>in</strong> the rst-order correction comes from @w 0@zwhich is already known when the Reynolds solution is available. The ~p 1 (x)gives an overallcorrection. Hence, to rst order <strong>in</strong> , the z-dependency can be easily found. So a localsurface feature does not only aect the pressure locally, butalso globally.F<strong>in</strong>ally, toshow that even for small the perturbation series and hence the Reynoldsequation loses its validity, the Stokes equations have been written out with a 1 = 1,(1)a 2 = (2) h(1 )anda 2 dh(1)= 2 <strong>in</strong> the transformed coord<strong>in</strong>ate system. For the u-momentumd 1equation it follows that:h @p@ ; 1 @ 2 u dh @p; 1 h @( 2 2)2d 1 @ ;" 2 dh @ud 1 @ + h @2 u1 @( 1 ) ; d2 h @u dh2 2 ;d( 1 ) 2 2@2 d 124 ;dh@u dh;d 1 2@1 d 1@ 2 u@ 1 @ + 222 h#@ 2 u; (2.61)@ 1 @ 2! 2dh @ud 1 @ + (2 ) 22 h! 2dhd 13@ 2 u5 =0:@( 2 ) 23 dp0dx= 6h(x)+c1h 3 (x)


2.3. PRESSURE-DEPENDENT VISCOSITY AND/OR DENSITY 23For the w-momentum equation it follows that: @p " # 1@ ; @ 2 w;2 h @( 2 ) 2 2 " dhd 1 @w@ 1 + h @2 w 2 24 ;dh@w dh;d 1 2@1 d 1@( 1 ) ; d2 h @w dh2 2 ;d( 1 ) 2 2@2 d 1@ 2 w@ 1 @ + 222 hFor the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation one obta<strong>in</strong>s:@@ 1 [hu]+#@ 2 w; (2.62)@ 1 @ 2! 2dh @wd 1 @ + (2 ) 22 h! 2dhd 13@ 2 w5 =0:@( 2 ) 2@ "; dh #2@ 2 d u + w =0: (2.63)1For the equations (2.61),(2.62) and (2.63) to reduce to the Reynolds equation it is necessarythat the terms with and 2 <strong>in</strong> the above equations are small. However, theseterms also conta<strong>in</strong> factors like 1 , dhand d2 h. Now, for a small a product like dhh d 1 d( 1 ) 2 d 1can nevertheless be large and the terms conta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g these factors can not be omitted aswas done <strong>in</strong> the derivation of the Reynolds equation. If the contact surface is consideredto be built up out of Fourier components, a function for h, consist<strong>in</strong>g of a s<strong>in</strong>gle wave,could look like:!h( 1 )=1; A m s<strong>in</strong>21 (2.64)where isatypical wavelength. And the factors which can counteract for a small looklike:!1h = 1 dh1 ; A m s<strong>in</strong>( 21 ) d = ;A m1 cos 2 1 d 2 h d( 1 ) = A !m 21s<strong>in</strong> : (2.65)2 2 So, even for surface features with a small amplitude, if the wavelength is suciently small,the Reynolds equation is not appropriate.2.3 Pressure-dependent viscosity and/or densityNot only the geometry of the doma<strong>in</strong> determ<strong>in</strong>es if the Reynolds approximation is validbut also the functional dependence of the density and the viscosity on the pressure. Form<strong>in</strong>eral oils which are commonly used as lubricant, the viscosity may <strong>in</strong>crease exponentiallywith pressure. It has been po<strong>in</strong>ted out <strong>in</strong> [1] that this rapid change of viscosity asfunction of pressure can have a bad <strong>in</strong>uence on the validity of the Reynolds equation.What about a pressure dependent density?To study the validity of the Reynolds equation <strong>in</strong> the case of a pressure dependentdensity the simulation of gas lubrication will be used. For this purpose the model will beextended with an equation of state.F<strong>in</strong>ally, some k<strong>in</strong>d of a cavitation algorithm is needed to prevent the pressure fromdropp<strong>in</strong>g below the vapor pressure. A more realistic lift force can then be calculated. In


24 CHAPTER 2. THEORYthis work the cavitation is modeled with a two-phase model. In this model the density,as function of the pressure, changes abruptly, <strong>in</strong> the neighborhood of the vapor pressure,from the liquid density to the vapor density.2.3.1 Piezo viscosityIn the eld of lubrication the most widely used equations for a pressure-dependent viscosityare exponential: the Barus law [2] and the Roelands law [68]. To study the eectof a pressure-dependent viscosity on the validity ofthe Reynolds equation, <strong>in</strong> this thesisthe Barus law has been used. In scaled variables it reads: = e pp (2.66)where p = p 0 u 0 =H. So, at the <strong>in</strong>ow/outow boundary where p = 0, the un-scaledviscosity equals 0 ,theambient viscosity.2.3.2 Gas lubricationIn the eld of gas lubrication the Reynolds equation is also widely used. Generally, aconstant viscosity is assumed. For the density the ideal gas law is assumed to be valid ,p = R g T (2.67)where R g is the gas constant. The Reynolds equation is then deduced from the Navier-Stokes equations <strong>in</strong> the same way aswas done <strong>in</strong> section (2.1.2). See [17] for an extensivediscussion. Here we directly give theReynolds equation:ddx [;p dp12 dx h3 + ph (u 1 + u 2 )]=0: (2.68)2This is a nonl<strong>in</strong>ear equation conta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g eectively only one parameter (u 1 + u 2 )=. An<strong>in</strong>termediate model between the N-S equations and the Reynolds equation is formed bythe Stokes equations. The use of the ideal gas law <strong>in</strong> the Stokes equations does not leadto an extra parameter <strong>in</strong> the Stokes equations. If the pressure is put equal to unity onthe<strong>in</strong>- and outow boundaries (p = 0 is unrealistic <strong>in</strong> a physical sense) and the velocity oftheupper surface u 2 is taken zero, the solutions of the Stokes equations for dierent velocitiesof the lower surface are <strong>in</strong>dependent ofeach other. The solutions to the problem are thengoverned by two parameters and u 1 . This is <strong>in</strong> contrast to the Reynolds equation, wherefor the case u 2 = 0 only one parameter u 1 = rema<strong>in</strong>s.2.3.3 Cavitation modelIn the follow<strong>in</strong>g it is assumed that the pressure at the <strong>in</strong>ow/outow boundary is equal tothe ambient pressure. This ambient pressure is taken equal to zero because it is, comparedto the large pressure <strong>in</strong> a hydrodynamically-lubricated contact, very small. Furthermoreit is assumed that the contact is fully ooded. So, there can be no air sucked <strong>in</strong> fromthe <strong>in</strong>ow/outow boundaries. To quantify the dierence between the Stokes solution for


2.3. PRESSURE-DEPENDENT VISCOSITY AND/OR DENSITY 25the ow <strong>in</strong> a narrow gap and the Reynolds solution, the force exerted by the uid onthe surfaces can be used. However, for the case of Stokes ow, zero pressure boundaryand a symmetric height function, there will be no net force on the boundary. To obta<strong>in</strong>a realistic result cavitation must be <strong>in</strong>corporated. In that case the pressure prole is nolonger anti-symmetric and there will <strong>in</strong>deed be anetforce.Next, some more details concern<strong>in</strong>g the treatment ofcavitation <strong>in</strong> this work are given.The pressure is allowed to drop below the saturation pressure because it is assumed thereis no gas dissolved <strong>in</strong> the uid. The only mechanism that <strong>in</strong>troduces bubbles or gas cavities<strong>in</strong> the lm, is the \vaporization" of the liquid when the pressure drops below the vaporpressure. For this situation it is experimentally found [22] that there is a vapor/gas bubbledownstream of the narrowest gap (see gure (2.3)). On the surface which ismov<strong>in</strong>g, thereis still a layer of uid.Assum<strong>in</strong>g a s<strong>in</strong>gle cavity two major descriptions exist: (a) consider the boundary ofthe bubble as a free surface. In the cavity the pressure equals the vapor pressure andthe velocity is zero. There is no ow <strong>in</strong> or out of the cavity. In [9] a numerical schemehas been developed to calculate this free surface. Especially <strong>in</strong> the region where thecavity closes there are some diculties (b) to describe the bubble with a two-phase (TP)model. There is no dist<strong>in</strong>ction between the cavitated region and the non-cavitat<strong>in</strong>g region,<strong>in</strong> the sense that there is no dist<strong>in</strong>ct boundary. The advantage of this model is that itis easier to implement <strong>in</strong> a computational method. It may not correctly describe thephysical reality, but it will eectively prevent the pressure from dropp<strong>in</strong>g below thevaporpressure. In a tribological context it does not seem strange to take the same pressure(zero) for the ambient pressure, the saturation pressure as well as the vapor pressure,because the pressure <strong>in</strong> the contact is usually high compared to these three pressures.~nFigure 2.3: Cavitation bubble <strong>in</strong> downstream part of the contact.The model that will be expla<strong>in</strong>ed here, is based on the work described <strong>in</strong> [19] and[39]. The ow of the mixture is described by equations (2.8), (2.9) and (2.10). The vaporand the liquid move at the same speed, otherwise for each state separate equations with<strong>in</strong>teraction terms would be needed. The dependent variables now refer to the mixture.An equation of state is used to complete the system of equations.


26 CHAPTER 2. THEORYwhere =8>: l vif p>p v +p if p:1 if p >p v + 2 0 if p


2.3. PRESSURE-DEPENDENT VISCOSITY AND/OR DENSITY 27To show that a model of this form yields the same satisfactory behavior as a cavitationmodel, usually applied <strong>in</strong> tribology, we consider its implementation <strong>in</strong> the Reynoldsequation for a model problem: the ow <strong>in</strong> a parabolically shaped gap.In table (2.1) the two-phase (TP) model and the Reynolds cavitation model (RR) aresummarized. In the RR model, cavitation is modeled through the condition, if p>p v theReynolds equation is valid, otherwise p = 0. This means that when a zone cavitates itrema<strong>in</strong>s cavitated. In the present model problem, the boundary is <strong>in</strong> the cavitated region.In the two-phase model the outow boundary condition <strong>in</strong> the cavitated region is dp =0 dxbecause the exact value for the pressure is unknown.h(x) =(1; )x 2 + u 1 =1 u 2 =0TPRRddx [ ; dp dx h3 d dp+6h] =0 if p>p v : [;dx dx h3 +6h] =0if p p v : p =0dpp(x = ;1) = 1 =0 p(x = ;1) = 1 p(x =1)=0x=1dxTable 2.1: Description of the two models.The two models, TP and RR have been solved numerically, with an upw<strong>in</strong>d discretizationfor the TP model, see section (3.4), and second-order central discretization for theRR model. For the viscosity the same relation has been used as for the density, equation(2.71), but now with replaced by . The follow<strong>in</strong>g values have been used: = 0:01, =0:2 and 0 =0:01 0 =0:01. In gures (2.5) and (2.6) the results are shown.800.0p600.0400.0p RR =5:0 =15:0 =25:0 =50:01.0 1.0pp RR0.8 =5:0 =15:00.8 =25:00.6 =50:00.60.4 0.4200.00.2 0.2p0.0 0.00.0−1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5x1.0−0.2 −0.20.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8x1.0(a)(b)Figure 2.5: (a): Pressure for dierent = . (b): Pressure and density for dierent = .First, gure (2.5) shows p as a function of x for dierent values of = . The gureshows that a change <strong>in</strong> the parameter hardly <strong>in</strong>uences the pressure prole <strong>in</strong> gure(2.5a) all curves co<strong>in</strong>cide. Only near the vapor pressure (= 0) a dierence between the


28 CHAPTER 2. THEORYsolutions occurs see gure (2.5b). For <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g the TP pressure approaches the RRpressure. The density is nearly the same for all .With the TP model it is also possible to simulate a cavitated region <strong>in</strong>side the contact.The RR model can not be used for this situation because <strong>in</strong> the cavitated zone cont<strong>in</strong>uityis not fullled and a return to the liquid phase is not possible without add<strong>in</strong>g a specialcondition. In the follow<strong>in</strong>g the same parameters have been used, but now with p =0atthe outow boundary and with p v = ;50 and = = 50. The results are shown <strong>in</strong>gure (2.6).800.01.2−49.80p1.0−49.85400.0p0.8−49.900.0Cavitation zone0.6−49.95−400.0p TPdp TPdxprey0.4p−50.000.2−50.05−800.0−1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5x1.00.00.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 −50.10x(a)(b)Figure 2.6: (a): Pressure for two-phase model (p TP ), for Reynolds without cavitation(p rey ) and pressure gradient for two-phase model. (b): Pressure and density fortwo-phase model.2000.0800.020.01.0dpdx0.0dpdxp600.0p0.0 0.8400.00.6−2000.0−20.0200.00.4−4000.0−6000.0−1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 −200.0xp0.0−40.0p−60.0−1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.00.0x(a)(b)Figure 2.7: Dotted l<strong>in</strong>es represent 0 =1:0, 0 =0:01 and solid l<strong>in</strong>es represent 0 =0:01, 0 =1:0. (a): Pressure andgradient of the pressure. (b): Pressure, density and viscosity.From gure (2.6a) it can be seen that the gradient <strong>in</strong> the pressure is discont<strong>in</strong>uous <strong>in</strong> thecondensation po<strong>in</strong>t near x = 0:9. In the cavitation zone the density is not the same asthe vapor density. After condensation the pressure is the same as the pressure for theReynolds solution without cavitation (dot-dashed l<strong>in</strong>e <strong>in</strong> gure (2.6a)). Because p is afunction of x and is a function of p it is clear that


2.4. LIFT FORCE 29Further <strong>in</strong>vestigation shows that a constant viscosity gives the same result as <strong>in</strong> gure(2.6). Only if the density is constant and the viscosity pressure dependent, the solutionchanges radically. In gure (2.7) the case 0 = 1:0, 0 = 0:01 and the case 0 = 0:01, 0 =1:0 have been plotted. In the constant-density case dp jumps at two locations, whichdxis <strong>in</strong> contrast with the constant-viscosity case. It is also observed that the pressure candrop below p v .The results look promis<strong>in</strong>g enough to use equations (2.71) for the density and a constantviscosity together with the equations (2.8), (2.9), (2.10) for the uid motion, todescribe cavitation <strong>in</strong> the non-Reynolds case.2.4 Lift forceThe uid mov<strong>in</strong>g through the channel exerts a force on the walls. This force can becalculated for the Stokes solution as well as for the Reynolds solution. It can be usedto quantify the dierence between both solutions. The lift force can also serve as acomputational check. The force on the upper and the lower surface must be the same.However, it should be noted that the lift force should be calculated <strong>in</strong> a dierent wayfrom what is normally done <strong>in</strong> tribology. This is because the assumption lead<strong>in</strong>g to theReynolds equation does not hold anymore (that terms with 2 or higher order are small <strong>in</strong>the viscous part of the Stokes equations). In this section the lift force will be calculated.In general the follow<strong>in</strong>g holds:Zr (;p1+)d =4X Zi=1; i(;p1+) n i ds = 0 (2.73)where the ; i boundaries are depicted <strong>in</strong> gure (2.1). Expressed <strong>in</strong> scaled variables, accord<strong>in</strong>gto (2.4) for the viscous compressible case this gives:4X Z!(;p +2ds2 @u ; r 2 @x 3 2 u)n xi + ( 3 @w + @u)n@x @z zi; i ( 2 @w@x + @u@z )n xi +(;p +2 @w@z ; r 2 u)n = 0 : (2.74)3 zii=1Referr<strong>in</strong>g to gure (2.1) and tak<strong>in</strong>g the lower boundary horizontal, for the x-component<strong>in</strong> equation (2.74) one obta<strong>in</strong>s:Z; @w !3; 1 @x + @u ds +@zZ(;p +2 @u 2; 2 @x ; 2 r3 2 u)n x2 + ( @w !3@x + @u @z )n z2 ds +ZZp ; 2 @u 2; 3 @x + 2 r3 2 u; 4;p +2 2 @u@x ; 2 3 2 r u!ds +For the z-component <strong>in</strong> equation (2.74) it follows that:Zp ; 2 @w; 1 @z + 2 r !3 u ds +!ds =0: (2.75)


30 CHAPTER 2. THEORYZ( @w 2; 2 @x + @u@z )n x2 +(;p +2 @w@z ; 2 r 3 u)n z2!ds +ZZ; @w 2; 3 @x + @u@z @w 2; 4 @x + @u@z!ds +!ds =0: (2.76)Assum<strong>in</strong>g that the ow properties at <strong>in</strong>ow (; 3 ) and at outow (; 4 ) are the same, thex-component simplies to:Z; @w !3; 1 @x + @u ds +@zZ; 2(;p +2 2 @u@x ; 2 3 2 r u)n x2 + ( 3 @w@x + @u @z )n z2And the z-component simplies to:Zp ; 2 @w; 1 @z + 2 r !3 uZds +; 2( 2 @w@x + @u@z )n x2 +(;p +2 @w@z ; 2 3 r u)n z2!ds =0: (2.77)!ds =0: (2.78)Equations (2.77) and (2.78) show that the forces on the dierent surfaces (; 1 and ; 2 )balance each other. From equations (2.77) and (2.78) the total force vector on the lowerplane can be assembled,!R;F = 1(;( 3 @w + @u)ds@x @z R; 1(p ; 2 @w@z + r 2 u)ds : (2.79)3F<strong>in</strong>ally, <strong>in</strong> a Reynolds approximation ( small) the force on the lower surface can bedescribed by the follow<strong>in</strong>g vector:F =RR; 1(; @u )ds @z; 1(p)ds!: (2.80)Compar<strong>in</strong>g (2.80) with (2.79) shows that <strong>in</strong> this case only the pressure determ<strong>in</strong>es the liftforce. In the case of an <strong>in</strong>compressible ow and a horizontal lower surface, the expressionfor the vertical force exerted on the lower plane is simply the <strong>in</strong>tegral over the pressure(<strong>in</strong> equation (2.79) ru =0and @w = ; @u =0on; @z @x 1).As mentioned above, to quantify the dierence between the Stokes and the Reynoldsmodel the generated lift force can be used. In the tribological context the pressure riseis extreme but also the pressure drop. In pr<strong>in</strong>ciple, it is therefore necessary to have acavitation algorithm to prevent the pressure to drop below vapor pressure. Otherwise,for the case of a symmetric feature on the upper boundary and zero pressure on the <strong>in</strong>letand the outlet, the lift force is zero. In view of the cavitation issue a quantity to measure


2.4. LIFT FORCE 31the dierence between the Stokes and the Reynolds solution, coupled to the lift force, cannow be formulated like:R =R~; 1p S (x z =0)dx ; R ~ ;1p R (x)dxR~; 1p R (x)dx (2.81)where the tilde <strong>in</strong> ~; <strong>in</strong>dicates that the pressure is only <strong>in</strong>tegrated for positive values.


32 CHAPTER 2. THEORY


Chapter 3Numerical solutionEquations (2.11), (2.12) and (2.13) will be discretized <strong>in</strong> a boundary-tted doma<strong>in</strong>. Thedependence of the viscosity on the spatial coord<strong>in</strong>ates will be <strong>in</strong>corporated for later use. Asdependentvariables the Cartesian velocity components and the pressure havebeenchosen.The velocity components will not align with the grid l<strong>in</strong>es. For not too steep grid l<strong>in</strong>esthere will be little loss of numerical accuracy. When contravariant velocity componentsare used as <strong>in</strong> [51], the discretization is more accurate, but also more complex because ofthe occurrence of Christoel symbols. At this po<strong>in</strong>t it seems not necessary to use such anadvanced discretization. A nite-volume (FV) discretization has been used to discretizeequations (2.31), (2.32) and (2.33). A straightforward discretization with the variables <strong>in</strong>the cell centers would lead to an unstable discretization. The method of [66] ensures astable discretization for cell-centered variable arrangement. An alternative, proposed <strong>in</strong>[38], where the velocity variables are placed on cell faces and the pressures on cell centersalso ensures a stable discretization. This so-called staggered grid arrangement has beenused <strong>in</strong> this work. Subsequently, to solve the result<strong>in</strong>g system of equations multi-gridtechniques will be used. The performance of the developed solver is illustrated with someexamples.3.1 Discretization (Stokes equations)In this section the discretization of the Stokes equations <strong>in</strong> two dimensions with constantviscosity and density is worked out. Only the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation needs some revision <strong>in</strong>the case of a pressure-dependent density. The physical doma<strong>in</strong> is bounded by four sides.So, <strong>in</strong> the transformed space G each l<strong>in</strong>e with i = 0 1 corresponds to one of the sidesof . The transformed equations are discretized on a uniform grid. This computationalgrid is dened by G = f( 1 i;1=2 2 j;1=2 ) = ((i ; 1)1 (j ; 1) 2 ) (i j) = 1 ::: N +1 1 2 =1=Ng and the coord<strong>in</strong>ates of the cell centers are ( 1 i 2 j )=((i ; 1=2) 1 (j ;1=2) 2 ) (i j) =1:::N). From the denition of G it is clear that ( 1 = 2 = )but for clearness the notation ( 1 2 ) is used. For our discretization, the geometricalfunctions, a (k) , will be required <strong>in</strong> the grid po<strong>in</strong>ts dened by G =2 .A stable discretization is ensured by a staggered grid arrangement ofthevariables, asshown <strong>in</strong> gure (3.1). The pressure is dened <strong>in</strong> the cell center, the u-velocity component33


34 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONi−1/2,j+1i+1/2,j+1i−1/2,j+1/2i,j+1/2i−1jp ij ui−1/2,ji−1/2,j−1/2w i,j−1/2i+1/2,jξ 2ξ 1Figure 3.1: F<strong>in</strong>ite volume for the x-momentum equation on a staggered grid. Locationvariables: horizontal l<strong>in</strong>es u-velocity, vertical l<strong>in</strong>es w-velocity and dots cell centerspressure.on the vertical cell face and the w-velocity onthe horizontal cell face. Integration of themomentum and cont<strong>in</strong>uity equations has been carried out over the correspond<strong>in</strong>g nitevolumes. In gure (3.1) the nite volume (FV), correspond<strong>in</strong>g to u i;12 j is shown. For thex-momentum equation (2.31), us<strong>in</strong>g the Gauss theorem, gives:Z "!# p ga (k)1 p ; 2 2 p ga (k)1 a (l) @u1@ ; p ga (k)l 2 2 a (l) @w1@ + @ul a(l) 2 n@ l k ds =0 (3.1);uwhere ; u is the boundary of the FV for the x-momentum equation and n k the k th componentof the unit normal, directed outward of this FV. Tak<strong>in</strong>g the dependent variablesconstant over the cell faces, when <strong>in</strong>tegrat<strong>in</strong>g over the cell faces, leads to: 2 n p ga (1)1 p o ij ; 2 n p ga (1)1 p o i;1j +n 1 p o n ga (2)1 p ; 1 p o ga (2)i; 1 2 j+ 1 1 p ;i; 1 22 j; 1 2 2 ( p g[2 2 a (1) 2 ( p g[2 2 a (1) 1 ( p g[2 2 a (2) 1 ( p g[2 2 a (2)1 a (l)11 a (l)11 a (l)11 a (l)1@u@ + l 2 a (1)@u@ + l 2 a (1)@u@ + l 2 a (2)@u@ + l 2 a (2)2 a (l)12 a (l)12 a (l)12 a (l)1@w@ + l a(1)@w@ + l a(1)@w@ + l a(2)@w@ + l a(2)@u2 a (l)2@)ijl@u+2 a (l)2@)i;1jl2 a (l)22 a (l)2)@u@ l)@u@ l;i; 1 2 j+ 1 2i; 1 2 j; 1 2+=0 (3.2)where 1 and 2 are the length of the cell faces <strong>in</strong> the 1 - and 2 -direction, respectively.


3.1. DISCRETIZATION (STOKES EQUATIONS) 35A nite volume for the <strong>in</strong>tegration of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation is centered around p ij ,see gure (3.1). The <strong>in</strong>tegration gives:Z;p[ p ga (k)l u l ]n k ds =0 (3.3)where ; p is the boundary of the FV for the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation and n k is the k th componentof the unit normal directed outward of the FV for the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation (this FV isdened by the four po<strong>in</strong>ts ( 1 2 ), ( 1 2 ), ( 1 2 )and( 1 2 )). Tak<strong>in</strong>gi; 1 j; 1 i+ 1 j; 1 i; 1 j+ 1 i+ 1 j+ 1 2 22 22 22 2the dependent variables constant over the cell faces, when <strong>in</strong>tegrat<strong>in</strong>g over the cell faces,the discretization of equation (3.3) leads to:[ p ga (1)l u l ] i+1=2j 2 ; [ p ga (1)l u l ] i;1=2j 2 ++[ p ga (2)l u l ] ij+1=2 1 ; [ p ga (2)l u l ] ij;1=2 1 =0: (3.4)Because the transformation is from ( 1 2 ) to (x y), the covariant base vectors will berequired <strong>in</strong>stead of the contravariant base vectors, see equation (2.35).The discretization of the partial derivatives <strong>in</strong> equation (3.2) is carried out by tak<strong>in</strong>gthe average of the partial dierential over a control volume . In the viscous part of (3.2)there are two types of terms. First, those where the variables are dened at the locationwhere they are needed. For example:( @u@)ij 1 Z @u1 @ d 1 Z (ui+ 12 j ; u i;12 j )1 d 1 d 2 = u i+ 1 2 j ; u i;12 j (3.5) 1 1where it is assumed that with<strong>in</strong> u i+12 j ; u i;12 j is constant along 2 . Second, those wherethe variables are not dened at the location where they are needed. For example:( @u@ 2 )ij1 Z @u@ d 1 Z (uij+ 122 ; u ij;1 )2d 1 d 2 = 2We take u ij+12for u ij;12= u i; 1 2 j+1 + u i+12 j+1 ; u i;12 j;1 ; u i+12 j;14 2 : (3.6)= 1 (u 4 i; 1 2 j + u i;1 + u2 j+1 i+1 + u2 j+1 i+12 j ) and the shifted similar expression. Regard<strong>in</strong>g the pressure terms <strong>in</strong> (3.2), a similar approach is used, i.e., if thevalue of p is needed <strong>in</strong> a po<strong>in</strong>t at which it is not dened, it is determ<strong>in</strong>ed by <strong>in</strong>terpolationfrom the surround<strong>in</strong>g values. This gives for l<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>in</strong>terpolation:p i;12 j+ 1 2= 1 4 (p ij + p i;1j + p ij+1 + p i;1j+1 ) : (3.7)The viscosity <strong>in</strong>, for example, the po<strong>in</strong>t, (i ; 1j+ 1 ) can be calculated with an analytic2 2expression. If it is dependent on the pressure, aweighted average of the four neighbor<strong>in</strong>gpo<strong>in</strong>ts will be used. In the discretization of the other equations we do not encounter anydiculties. A more convenient notation is to write u ij for u i;12 j and w ij for w ij;1 . One2cell then conta<strong>in</strong>s ve variables: u h ij, u h i+1j, wij, h wij+1, h p h ij.


36 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONThe discretization of (3.2) can now be written <strong>in</strong> the follow<strong>in</strong>g form:A 1 iju h ij + A 2 iju h i+1j+ A 3 iju h ij+1+ A 4 iju h i+1j+1+A 5 iju h ij;1 + A 6 iju h i+1j;1+ A 7 iju h i;1j + A 8 iju h i;1j+1+ A 9 iju h i;1j;1+A 10ij w h ij+1+ A 11ij wij h + A 12ij w h i;1j+1+ A 13ij wi;1j h + A 14ij w h i+1j+1+ A 15ij wi+1j h +A 16ij w h i;2j+1+ A 17ij wi;2j h + A 18ij w h i;1j+2+ A 19ij w h ij+2+ A 20ij w h i;1j;1+ A 21ij w h ij;1 +A 22ij p h ij + A 23ij p h i;1j + A 24ij p h ij+1+ A 25ij p h i;1j+1+ A 26ij p h i;1j;1+ A 27ij p h ij;1 =0: (3.8)For the z-momentum equation a similar expression exists:B 1 ijw h ij + B 2 ijw h ij+1+ B 3 ijw h i+1j+ B 4 ijw h i+1j+1+B 5 ijw h i;1j + B 6 ijw h i;1j+1+ B 7 ij;1w h i;1j + B 8 ijw h i+1j;1+ B 9 ijw h i;1j;1+Bij 10 u h ij+1+ Bij 11 u h i+1j+ Bij 12 u h ij;1 + Bij 13 u h i+1j;1+ Bij 14 u h ij+1+ Bij 15 u h i+1j+1+Bij 16 u h ij;2 + Bij 17 u h i+1j;2+ Bij 18 u h i+2j+ Bij 19 u h i+2j;1+ Bij 20 u h i;1j + Bij 21 u h i;1j;1+Bij 22 p h ij + Bij 23 p h ij;1 + Bij 24 p h i+1j+ Bij 25 p h i+1j;1+ Bij 26 p h i;1j + Bij 27 p h i;1j;1=0: (3.9)For the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation the stencil looks like:C 1 iju h ij + C 2 iju h i+1j+ C 3 iju h ij+1+ C 4 iju h i+1j+1+ C 5 iju h ij;1 + C 6 iju h i+1j;1+ C 7 ij;1w h ij +C 8 ijw h ij+1+ C 9 ijw h i;1j + C 10ij w h i;1j+1+ C 11ij w h i+1j+ C 12ij w h i+1j+1=0: (3.10)The stencils have dierent forms at the boundaries where also the right-hand side is notzero. Next, for a pressure boundary as described <strong>in</strong> equation (2.3), a detailed descriptionof the discretization of the ; 3 boundary (see gure (2.1)) for the x-momentum equationwill be given. After <strong>in</strong>tegration of equation (2.31) over the nite volume dened <strong>in</strong> gure(3.2), it follows that: 2 f p ga (1)1 pg ij ; 2 f p ga (1)1 pg i;12 j + 12 fp ga (2)1 pg i;14 j+ 1 ; 12 2 fp ga (2)1 pg i;1 2 f p g[2 2 a (1)1 a (l) @u1@ + l 2 a (1)2 a (l) @w1@ + l a(1) 2 f p g[2 2 a (1)1 a (l)1 12 fp g[2 2 a (2) 12 fp g[2 2 a (2)1 a (l)11 a (l)1@u@ + l 2 a (1)@u@ + l 2 a (2)@u@ + l 2 a (2)2 a (l)12 a (l)12 a (l)14 j; 1 2;2 a (l)2@w@ + l a(1)@w@ + l a(2)@w@ + l a(2)2 a (l)22 a (l)22 a (l)2@u@ g l ij +@u@ g l i; 1 2 j ;@u@ g l i; 1 4 j+ 1 2+@u@ g l i; 1 4 j; 1 2=0: (3.11)To calculate the partial derivatives, the surface average of the quantity will be used as <strong>in</strong>equation (3.5). For the pressure simple <strong>in</strong>terpolation will give:p i;1p i;14 j; 1 22 j = p w = 1(p 4 ij;1 + p ij +2p w ) :(3.12)


3.1. DISCRETIZATION (STOKES EQUATIONS) 37i−1/2,j+1/2 i,j+1/2i−1/2,jiji−1/2,j−1/2i,j−1/2ξ 2ξ 1Figure 3.2: FV volume for the x-momentum equation on a boundary where w =0andp = p w .L<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>in</strong>terpolation will be used to approximate variables <strong>in</strong> po<strong>in</strong>ts where they are notdened. For example:( @u@ 1 )i; 1 4 j; 1 21 Z @u@ d 2 Z(u 1 ij;1 ; u2 i;12 j; 1 ) d 2 =2= u i+ 1 2 j + u i+12 j;1 ; u i;12 j ; u i;12 j;12 1 : (3.13)All the others can be calculated <strong>in</strong> a similar way. Special care must be taken with the@udiscretization of on the boundary. Normally u@ 1 i;12 j is known, but <strong>in</strong> a tribologicalcontext a pressure boundary is expected,( @u@)i; 1 Z @u1 12 j2 j )@ d 2(u ij ; u i;1 (3.14)1 1where u ij is approximated by (3u i+12 j ; u i+32 j )=2 and not by (u i+12 j + u i;12 j )=2, becausethen the discretization of @2 u@ 1 2 on the boundary will be equal to zero. The other boundaryelements can be discretized <strong>in</strong> a similar fashion. The discretization of the other equationsat the boundaries is straightforward and is done <strong>in</strong> the same manner as expla<strong>in</strong>ed for thex-momentum equation.The covariant base vectors, a (k) , can be calculated directly if the analytic expressionsfor x z as function of 1 2 are known. But then the follow<strong>in</strong>g identity will not hold <strong>in</strong> atransformed coord<strong>in</strong>ate system:Zru dV =Iu ds =0 (3.15)


1 138 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONwhere u is a constant vector eld. The transformation is assumed to be of the form:x = x( 1 ) z = 2 h( 1 ) (3.16)thusa (1) =!@x@ 1@z a (2) = 0 !@z@ 1 @ 2: (3.17)This so-called \scal<strong>in</strong>g on the height" will be used <strong>in</strong> the rest of this thesis. 2 2 i ja (2)BAa (1)dSA; p ga (2) d 1BFigure 3.3: A cell <strong>in</strong> a Cartesian and <strong>in</strong> a transformed coord<strong>in</strong>ate system.To compute the contour <strong>in</strong>tegral <strong>in</strong> equation (3.15) <strong>in</strong> the transformed coord<strong>in</strong>ate system,the l<strong>in</strong>e <strong>in</strong>tegral between A and B (see gure (3.3)) is evaluated, asZ BAu ds = ;Z BAp gu a (2) d 1 n u 1 a 2 (1); u 2 a 1 (1)oij; 1 2 1 (3.18)where the cell-face midpo<strong>in</strong>t value is used for the <strong>in</strong>tegrand. Us<strong>in</strong>g this approximation,the rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g terms <strong>in</strong> equation (3.15) can be calculated, result<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>:Iu ds ua 1 2(2) i+ 1 2 ji; 1 2 j 2 ; a 2(1) ij+ 1 2 1 + u;a 2 1ij; 1 (2) i+ 1 2 ji; 1 22 j 2 + a 1(1) ij+ 1 2 1 :ij; 1 2(3.19)The second term on the right side of equation (3.19) is zero because a 1 = 0 and (2) a1 does(1)not depend on 2 . The rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g term is then:u 1 2 (h i+12A Taylor expansion of h gives:h i+1 ; h2 i;12( dh; h i;1 ) ; 1 22d)i1!: (3.20)( dh= 1 +d)i1 ( 1 24 (1 ) 3 d3 h+ O(d( 1 ))i1 ) 4 : (3.21)3


3.2. SOLVING 39Substitut<strong>in</strong>g this <strong>in</strong>to the rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g term, term (3.20), gives" ( #1u 1 24 (1 ) 3 d3 h+ d( 1 ))i2 O( 1 ) 4 3: (3.22)dFrom this, it is clear that for large3 hthe contour <strong>in</strong>tegral <strong>in</strong> equation (3.15) is sucientlysmall if 1 is suciently small. On the other hand, if a numerical approximationd( 1 ) 3is used for the geometrical functions, the contour <strong>in</strong>tegral <strong>in</strong> equation (3.15) will be exactlyzero. In the follow<strong>in</strong>g, these approximations will be presented. Because x is only afunction of 1 and z is scaled with the height h( 1 ), there are two types of approximationsfor each covariant base vector,n oa1(1)= (x i+ 1 2i 1; x i;12)n oa1(1)i; 1 2= (x i+ 1 ; x2 i;3 )2: (3.23)2 1For a 2 (1)the approximation is found to be:n oa2= (h i+1(1)ij 2 2j; h i;12 1)n oa2= (h i+1(1)i; 1 2 j 2 2j; h i;3 )2: (3.24)2 1And for a 2 (2)the expression is:n oa2= 1 (2)i 2 (h i; 1 2+ h i+1 )2n oa2(2)i; 1 2= h i;12: (3.25)It can be veried easily that the contour <strong>in</strong>tegral <strong>in</strong> equation (3.15) is exactly zero withthe above approximations for the covariant base vectors.It can be shown, by Taylor expansion of the variables, that the described discretizationof the transformed Stokes equations approximates the cont<strong>in</strong>uous transformed Stokesequations up to a truncation error of O(() 2 ) (tak<strong>in</strong>g 1 = 2 = , asanexample,is <strong>in</strong> appendix (D) the truncation error of the discretized cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation derived).This means the scheme is consistent. Furthermore, a nite dierence discretization ofthe Stokes equations on a staggered Cartesian grid is stable, see [38]. It is assumedthat this also holds for the transformed Stokes equations. Consistency and stability ofthe scheme ensures convergence of the discrete solution of the problem to the solutionof the cont<strong>in</strong>uous problem, see [67], i.e. the dierence between these two solutions, thediscretization error, decreases with decreas<strong>in</strong>g mesh size. In fact, for a l<strong>in</strong>ear dierentialoperator the truncation error and the discretization error are of the same order <strong>in</strong> . Formore <strong>in</strong>formation on consistency, stability andconvergence see for example [35].3.2 Solv<strong>in</strong>gThe l<strong>in</strong>ear system, result<strong>in</strong>g from the discretization of equations (2.11), (2.12) and (2.13),consists of 3N 2 unknowns <strong>in</strong> the case of a pressure boundary like <strong>in</strong> equation (2.3).Direct solution methods are time consum<strong>in</strong>g. For example Gaussian elim<strong>in</strong>ation requiresanumber of computations of the order of b 2 N 2 (where b is the bandwidth of the matrix).


40 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONSo for the solution of a large system a method based on iterative techniques is required.Two of the most ecient methods are: Conjugate Gradient methods (CG) and <strong>Multi</strong>-Grid (MG) methods. For an overview of CG methods see [69]. In this work the MGmethod will be used. Below a short description of the method will be given. For proofs ofstatements <strong>in</strong> this section and for deeper explanation of MG and basic iterative methodssee [5], [6], [34], [40], [95] and [75].3.2.1 <strong>Multi</strong>-grid: general descriptionFor simplicity, consider the l<strong>in</strong>ear dierential operator L work<strong>in</strong>g on the unknown u,Lu = f (3.26)on a doma<strong>in</strong> with appropriate boundary conditions. Suppose that after discretizationon a grid with a mesh size h a l<strong>in</strong>ear system of equations is obta<strong>in</strong>ed that can be writtenas:L h u h = f h (3.27)u h be<strong>in</strong>g the vector with unknowns and f h the vector with right-hand-side values. Now,assume some <strong>in</strong>itial approximation u h 0to u h is given. Subsequently, a sequence of successiveiterates u h m is computed for m = 1 2:: u h 0! u h 1! u h 2! ::u h 1 ! ::u h where thearrow <strong>in</strong>dicates the rule of the process. A general way to describe iterative processes isto <strong>in</strong>troduce a splitt<strong>in</strong>g of the matrix L h :L h = M h ; N h : (3.28)Restrict<strong>in</strong>g ourselves to processes where u h m+1is computed us<strong>in</strong>g u h m only, the algorithmused to compute u h m+1given u h m can be written as:u h m+1= u h m +(M h ) ;1 r h m r h m = f h ; L h u h m : (3.29)To analyze the behavior of the process, it is convenient to <strong>in</strong>troduce the error <strong>in</strong> theiterant, dened as:e h m = u h m ; u h : (3.30)From substitution of (3.30) <strong>in</strong> (3.29) it follows that:e h m+1=(1 ; (M h ) ;1 L h )e h m = Se h m : (3.31)From this equation it follows that the sequence u h 0::u h m will only converge to u h form !1if the spectral radius 1 spec of the matrix S satises the requirement: spec (S) < 1.This is, for example, the case if the splitt<strong>in</strong>g (3.28) is regular 2 and L h is an irreducible Kmatrix:1 spec (S)=maxfjj : eigenvalue of Sg2 For M h and N h <strong>in</strong> (3.28) holds (M h ) ;1 0andN h 0 elementwise


3.2. SOLVING 41Denition 1 A matrix L h is called a K-matrix ifand(L h ) ii > 0 8i(L h ) ij 0 8i j with i 6= j Xwith a strict <strong>in</strong>equality for at least one i.j(L h ) ij 0 8iTypical examples of iteration methods are Gauss-Seidel and Jacobi with M h = ~D + ~L andM h = ~ D, respectively, where ~ D is the diagonal matrix of L h and ~ L is the lower-triangularmatrix of L h .Obviously, the eciency of the iterative method as a solution technique for the systemof equations (3.27) depends on the rate of convergence. The closer the spectral radius isto unity, the larger the number of iterations, needed to obta<strong>in</strong> an approximation to u hwith an error smaller than some pre-set value. To analyze the eciency of the process,the eigenvalues of S need to be determ<strong>in</strong>ed. In general this may be a cumbersome task.However, for operators result<strong>in</strong>g from the discretization of partial dierential equationsoften there is a high regularity <strong>in</strong> S, i.e., each row has the same entries, except for somerows represent<strong>in</strong>g the equation at po<strong>in</strong>ts near the boundary. A good approximation ofthe behavior of the process can now beobta<strong>in</strong>edby analyz<strong>in</strong>g the matrix S exclud<strong>in</strong>g theboundary terms. Eectively this means that the system is analyzed as if it is given withperiodic boundary conditions. In that case the eigenvalues of S can be computed easily.The result<strong>in</strong>g type of analysis is referred to as \local-mode analysis".For simplicity, assume a two-dimensional <strong>in</strong>nite square grid with grid spac<strong>in</strong>g h.Functions on this grid can be expressed as Fourier series. Eigenfunctions of S can beexpressed <strong>in</strong> the form e I k where k = fk 1 k 2 g T with k i 2 f0 1 2:::1g and =f 1 2 g T with ; < i


42 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONThe use of periodic boundary conditions result <strong>in</strong> a nite-dimensional matrix S. Thefrequencies are then reduced to the discrete po<strong>in</strong>ts: n1 =N n T2 ;N


3.2. SOLVING 43process is determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the reduction given to the low-frequency components. Moreoverthe situation of a poor reduction of low-frequency components aggravates go<strong>in</strong>g to nerand ner grids.The idea beh<strong>in</strong>d multi-grid algorithms now is to utilize this specic convergence behaviorto obta<strong>in</strong> a much more ecient process. As the high-frequency components convergequickly, after a few iterations the rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g error will be dom<strong>in</strong>ated by low-frequencycomponents, and thus it will be smooth. Consequently one does not need a ne gridto describe it accurately. The idea is now to <strong>in</strong>troduce a coarser grid and rather thancont<strong>in</strong>u<strong>in</strong>g the iterative process solv<strong>in</strong>g u h on the ne grid, to compute an approximationto e h on the coarser grid. Generally this must also be done iteratively. However, as willbe shown later, the equation from which e h must be solved is the same as the orig<strong>in</strong>alequation. Hence, the same iterative procedure can be used, but, because now it is usedon a coarser grid, by denition solv<strong>in</strong>g an approximation e H can be done more eciently.Firstly, because the number of nodes is smaller and thus each iteration requires less work.Secondly, because the convergence rate on this grid will be higher. Once an approximationfor the error on this grid is obta<strong>in</strong>ed, it can be used to correct the orig<strong>in</strong>al ne gridapproximation. Let H (typically H =2h) denote the mesh size on the coarse grid. Theentire process is depicted <strong>in</strong> the follow<strong>in</strong>g template: 1 relaxation sweeps L h ~u h = f hRestriction of the residualSolv<strong>in</strong>g coarse grid equationr H = Ih H rh = Ih H (f h ; L h ~u h )L H e H = ^f H = r H(3.38) 2 relaxation sweeps L h u h = f hProlongationu h = ~u h + IH h eHFor the case of a non-l<strong>in</strong>ear problem the so-called Full Approximation Scheme (FAS) canbe used: 1 relaxation sweeps L h (~u h )=f hRestriction of the residual r H = Ih H rh = Ih H (f h ; L h (~u h ))Solv<strong>in</strong>g coarse grid equation L H (^u H )=^f H = L H (^I h H ~uh )+r H (3.39)Prolongation u h = ~u h + IH(^u h H ; Ih H ~u h )) 2 relaxation sweeps L h (u h )=f hThe FAS reduces to the l<strong>in</strong>ear MG scheme if L h is a l<strong>in</strong>ear operator. In this work FAS isused. To communicate between the dierent grids, use is made of the restriction operatorI H h and of the prolongation operator I h H.The steps <strong>in</strong> (3.39) yield an ecientsolver only if the coarse grid problem can ecientlybe solved as well. However, if the ne grid has many po<strong>in</strong>ts, also a coarse grid with H =2hwill still be dense and the iterative process applied on the coarse grid will converge slowly.The natural step is then to use recurrence, i.e., to apply the algorithm recursively. Thus,to solve the coarse grid problem an even coarser grid is <strong>in</strong>troduced. This can be repeateduntil a coarse grid is reached at which the problem can be solved with only a small amountof work. Based on the sequence <strong>in</strong> which coarser grids are used one can now dist<strong>in</strong>guishdierent types of coarse grid correction or multi-grid cycles (see gure (3.5)).As can be veried easily, the total work <strong>in</strong>volved <strong>in</strong> a cycle go<strong>in</strong>g from a ne to a coarsegrid and back aga<strong>in</strong> will be O(M) ifM is the number of unknowns. The ga<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> eciency


44 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONh2h4hFigure 3.5: V- and W-cycle, circle represents relaxation and l<strong>in</strong>es represent <strong>in</strong>ter-gridoperators.result<strong>in</strong>g from the use of coarser grids compared with relaxation on a s<strong>in</strong>gle grid becomesclear from the analysis of the performance of the cycle <strong>in</strong> terms of error reduction. Toestimate this performance the so-called \smooth<strong>in</strong>g rate" is dened as: =maxf() : 2 [; ;=2) (=2]g : (3.40)It tells someth<strong>in</strong>g about how eective the relaxation method is <strong>in</strong> smooth<strong>in</strong>g the highfrequency error components which are not visible on the coarse grid. For the 2D Poissonproblem the smooth<strong>in</strong>g rate has the value 0:5. The error reduction per MG cycle isestimated by: 1+ 2with 1 and 2 the number of relaxation sweeps before and after thecoarse grid computation with a value of =0:5 for 1 =2and 1 = 1 an error reductionof a factor 8 is atta<strong>in</strong>ed per cycle <strong>in</strong>dependent of the mesh size. As the total work of thecycle is only a little larger than the work of the 1 + 2 relaxations actually performedon the nest grid, the ga<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> eciency is large. Assum<strong>in</strong>g that the problem is solvedwhen the numerical error is smaller than the discretization error that is made anyway,the total work needed to solve the problem us<strong>in</strong>g cycles is O(M log(M)). The log(M)can be removed if a good rst approximation is used. This is achieved through the Full<strong>Multi</strong>-Grid (FMG) process. In addition to us<strong>in</strong>g the coarser grids for the acceleration ofconvergence of the solution on the ner grid, the coarser grids are used for the generationof an accurate rst approximation. If FMG is used, eventually only O(M) operations areused to solve the problem to an error comparable to the discretization error. In FMGthe start<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t is the coarsest grid (see gure (3.6)). To go for the rst time from acoarse grid to a ner grid a prolongation operator of the order of the truncation error ofthe dierential operator is needed. This is <strong>in</strong>dicated <strong>in</strong> gure (3.6) by double l<strong>in</strong>es.h2h4hFigure 3.6: Full <strong>Multi</strong> Grid, circle represents relaxation and l<strong>in</strong>es represent <strong>in</strong>ter-gridoperators.A FMG process is often needed <strong>in</strong> non-l<strong>in</strong>ear problems to obta<strong>in</strong> an <strong>in</strong>itial estimate on thene grid that is close to the solution on that ne grid. Otherwise convergence problems


3.2. SOLVING 45may occur <strong>in</strong> the relaxation step.F<strong>in</strong>ally, the convergence estimate 1+ 2is only accurate for small 1 + 2 , because itneglects the eect of the <strong>in</strong>ter-grid transfers. A more accurate estimate can be obta<strong>in</strong>edfrom a \two-level analysis" which also takes <strong>in</strong>to account the eects of the restriction,prolongation and coarse grid operator. Regard<strong>in</strong>g this coarse-grid operator there areseveral choices. The most elegant is probably the use of Galark<strong>in</strong> coarsen<strong>in</strong>g L H =Ih H L h IH. h The more easy way followed <strong>in</strong> this thesis is to take the same operator as usedfor the ne grid but with h ! H. The rst method has the advantage of represent<strong>in</strong>gfast vary<strong>in</strong>g coecients on a coarse grid. In the second method it must be ensured thatthere are enough po<strong>in</strong>ts on the coarsest grid to represent the orig<strong>in</strong>al problem.This completes a summary of MG techniques. In the follow<strong>in</strong>g section details of theimplementation for the present problem are discussed, e.g. relaxation, restriction andprolongation.3.2.2 RelaxationA prerequisite for a MG solver is a relaxation scheme that eciently reduces highfrequencyerror components. For a discrete system of equations result<strong>in</strong>g from the discretizationof a s<strong>in</strong>gle equation (elliptic PDE) nd<strong>in</strong>g, such a process is not dicult, asL h often is a K-matrix. However, if L h is the result of the discretization of a systemof partial dierential equations this may not be the case. In particular, the matrix L hresult<strong>in</strong>g from (3.8),(3.9) and (3.10) is not a K-matrix, due to the zero diagonal elementsof equation (3.10). A suitable relaxation can now bederived as follows. Post-multiply L hwith B h L h B h v h = f h u h = B h v h (3.41)<strong>in</strong> such away that the splitt<strong>in</strong>gL h B h = M h ; N h (3.42)is convergent. The prescript to compute u h m+1given a u h m now becomes:u h m+1= u h m + B h (M h ) ;1 r h m r h m = f h ; L h u h m : (3.43)This is a so-called distributive method because the B h <strong>in</strong> (3.43) distributes the result(M h ) ;1 r h m over part of the vector u h m. The choice of B h determ<strong>in</strong>es if it is a coupledmethod or an un-coupled method. Examples of un-coupled methods are DistributedGauss Seidel (DGS) [4], SIMPLE [53] and distributed ILU [98]. As is shown <strong>in</strong> [98] theycan all be written <strong>in</strong> the form (3.43). An example of a coupled method is SymmetricCoupled Gauss Seidel (SCGS) [87]. In [99], it has been shown that also SCGS can beput <strong>in</strong> the form (3.43). In this thesis a l<strong>in</strong>e SCGS method will be used. It is a robustsmoother with good smooth<strong>in</strong>g properties. In the next section SCGS will be expla<strong>in</strong>ed.Subsequently by means of a smooth<strong>in</strong>g analysis it will be shown that for small the l<strong>in</strong>eversion of SCGS is needed.


46 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONSCGSFor simplicity the method will not be expla<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> the general notation of the equations(3.41), (3.42) and (3.43) but <strong>in</strong> a way that directly shows how to implement it <strong>in</strong> acomputer code. First it is expla<strong>in</strong>ed how the method works for one grid cell (see [87]). Ingure (3.7) a grid cell with a staggered-grid arrangement isshown.w ij+1u ijp iju i+1jw ijFigure 3.7: Variable arrangement for SCGS.SCGS now <strong>in</strong>volves scann<strong>in</strong>g the grid cells <strong>in</strong> some prescribed order at each cell simultaneouslysolv<strong>in</strong>g all ve unknowns of the cell from the associated ve discretized equations.Thus the relaxation step for each cell <strong>in</strong>volves:u h = ~u h +(~L h ) ;1 r h (3.44)where u h = fu h iju h i+1jwijw h ij+1p h h ijg T , ~u h old approximation to u h , u h new approximationto u h and L ~ h is the 5 5 matrix result<strong>in</strong>g from equations (3.8), (3.9) and (3.10). Thevector r h denes the residual for ~u h calculated with (3.8), (3.9) and (3.10). The matrix~L h is given by:~L h =0B@A 1 ij A 2 ij A 11ij A 10ij A 22ijA 7 i+1jA 1 i+1jA 13i+1jA 12i+1jA 23i+1jBij 10 Bij 11 Bij 1 Bij 2 Bij22B 12ij+1B 13ij+1B 7 ij+1B 1 ij+1B 23ij+1C 1 ij C 2 ij C 7 ij C 8 ij 01CA: (3.45)Fortunate it is not needed to <strong>in</strong>vert this full matrix at each step. It has been shown [99]that the reduced matrix~L h =0B@A 1 ij 0 0 0 A 22ij0 A 1 i+1j0 0 A 23i+1j0 0 B 1 ij 0 B 22ij0 0 0 B 1 ij+1B 23ij+1C 1 ij C 2 ij C 7 ij C 8 ij 01CA(3.46)already gives as good multi-grid convergence rates as the full matrix representation of~L h . This matrix can be easily <strong>in</strong>verted. For problems with = O(1) this SCGS workswell. However, with decreas<strong>in</strong>g its eciency to reduce high-frequency components withrespect to the z-direction dim<strong>in</strong>ishes. This can be overcome by us<strong>in</strong>g the relaxation <strong>in</strong> itsl<strong>in</strong>e relaxation variant, see [79]. Instead of solv<strong>in</strong>g the system of equations for one grid


3.2. SOLVING 47cell all equations of a column of grid cells <strong>in</strong> the z-direction are solved simultaneously.See gure (3.8) for the arrangement of the variables. As the result<strong>in</strong>g system is a bandmatrix, this can still be solved quickly.u i,Np i,Nu i +1,NW i,Nu i,1p i,1u i +1,1Figure 3.8: The arrows <strong>in</strong>dicate the arrangement of the variables <strong>in</strong> the equation .In the paragraph (Local mode analysis) it will be shown that this l<strong>in</strong>e-SCGS is a goodsmoother for small . The vector of unknowns is u h = fu h iNp h iNu h i+1Nw h iN:: u h ijp h iju h i+1jw h ij :: u h i1p h i1u h i+11g T . The matrix ~L h is a diagonal matrix. It has been solvedexactly with a band diagonal matrix solver.Local mode analysisAs mentioned above, to obta<strong>in</strong> an ecient MG solver for small , SCGS relaxations mustbe used <strong>in</strong> a l<strong>in</strong>e manner. This is illustrated below by means of a Fourier analysis ofthe x-momentum equation. This analysis will also give an <strong>in</strong>dication for the conditionsfor which smooth<strong>in</strong>g problems will be encountered. The study of a s<strong>in</strong>gle equation isjustied because the problems with small are <strong>in</strong>dependent of the problems, related tothe coupl<strong>in</strong>g, when solv<strong>in</strong>g a system of equations.In Cartesian coord<strong>in</strong>ates the x-momentum equation is: @p@x ; 22 @@x" @u@x#; @ @z"( 2 @w@x + @u@z ) #=0: (3.47)To simplify the procedure, the variables p, w and are assumed to be constant. Equation(3.47) can be transformed to a curvil<strong>in</strong>ear coord<strong>in</strong>ate system. Tak<strong>in</strong>g a 1 (2)=0(see gure


48 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONzξ 2a (2)ξ 1a (1)0xFigure 3.9: The physical doma<strong>in</strong> with covariant base vectors.(3.9)), as will be the case <strong>in</strong> actual computations <strong>in</strong> the next chapter, it follows that:23;2 @ 2 4 a2 (2) @u@ 1 a 1 (1)@ ; a2 (1) @u5 +1 a 1 (1)@ 2Den<strong>in</strong>g:;2 2 @@ 2 24 ;a 2 (1)a 1 (1)2; @@ 24 a1 (1)a 2 (2)@u@ 1 + (a2 (1) )2a 1 (1) a2 (2)3@u5 +@ 23@u5 =0: (3.48)@ 2g 1 = g 1 ( 1 )= a2 (2) ga 1 2 = g 2 ( 1 2 )=; a2 (1) ga(1)1 3 = g 3 ( 1 2 )= (a2 (1) )2a(1)1 (1) a2 (2)where g 1 6=08 1 2 G, equation (3.48) can be transformed <strong>in</strong>to;2 2 g 1@ 2 u@( 1 ) 2 ;22 g 3 + 1 !@2 ug 1 @( 2 ) ; @u2 42 g 2@ 1 @ + 2 (3.49)@g;2 2 1@ + @g !2 @u1 @ 2 @ ; @g 21 22 @ + @g !3 @u=0: (3.50)1 @ 2 @2 Only the anisotropic diusion part of equation (3.50) will now be analyzed. This meansthat it is assumed that changes of g 1 , g 2 and g 3 <strong>in</strong> a cell are m<strong>in</strong>imal. This leads to thefollow<strong>in</strong>g model problem: Solve u fromwhere; @2 u@( 1 ) ; g @ 2 u2 4@( 2 ) ; g @ 2 u2 5 =0 (3.51)@ 1 @2 g 4 = a2(1)a 2 (2) 2+1(1)a 2 (2)2 2 a1 2 g5 = ;2 a2 (1)a 2 (2): (3.52)


3.2. SOLVING 49δξ 2 a 2 (2)αδξ 1 a 2 (1)Figure 3.10: Cell geometry.δξ 1 a 1 (1)The coecients g 4 and g 5 can be l<strong>in</strong>ked to the geometry of a cell <strong>in</strong> the physical doma<strong>in</strong>,see gure (3.10). Two parameters can be identied: l as a measure for the angle , and l as a measure for the ratio of the lengths of the sides of the cell. It is assumed that thestep size <strong>in</strong> the computational doma<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> both directions is equal ( 1 = 2 = ) andthat there is a uniform grid spac<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the x- direction, thus a 1 (1)= c. This gives: l = tan() = a2 (1)c l =a 2 (2)qc 2 +(a 2 (1) )2 : (3.53)The coecients g 4 and g 5 are then:g 4 = 22 2 l +12 2 2 l (1+2 l ) g 5 = ;2 l lp1+ 2 l: (3.54)where g 4 > 0 and g 5 2 IR.A nite-dierence discretization of equation (3.51), which resembles the stencil result<strong>in</strong>gfrom the FV discretization of the Stokes equations, leads to the follow<strong>in</strong>g stencil2 3 2 3[L h ]= 1() [;1 2 ; 1] + g 4 6475 + g 5 6475 : (3.55)2 () 2 4() 2;12;11 0 ;10 0 0;1 0 1The same result can be found with an FV discretization of equation (3.48) and tak<strong>in</strong>g thevalues of the geometrical coecients at the cell center. A Gauss-Seidel splitt<strong>in</strong>g results<strong>in</strong> the follow<strong>in</strong>g stencils for M h and N h .hMh i =hNh i =264264g 5 l 4 s ;g 4 l s 0;1 2+2g 4 0; g 5;g4 4 (1 ; l s ) g 54; g 54 s) g 4 (1 ; l s )375 g 540 0 10 0g;l 5s 4375 l s =0 1 : (3.56)


50 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONFor l s =0 the above splitt<strong>in</strong>g corresponds to Gauss-Seidel po<strong>in</strong>twise relaxation. For l s =1it corresponds to a vertical l<strong>in</strong>e Gauss-Seidel relaxation. Because of the term g 5 =4 <strong>in</strong>equation (3.55), L h is not a K-matrix. This means that it is not certa<strong>in</strong> whether there isa splitt<strong>in</strong>g of L h which leads to a convergent iterative method. Nevertheless, it can be agood smoother.To study the quality of the smoother, the amplication factor has been calculated,accord<strong>in</strong>g to equation (3.36): For the Gauss-Seidel po<strong>in</strong>twise case this gives =g 54 (l s ; 1)e I( 2; 1)+ g 4 (1 ; l s )e I 2+ g 54 eI( 1+ 2)+ e I 1; g 54 l se I( 1; 2 )2+2g 4 + g 54 eI( 2; 1) ; g 4 l s e I 2 ; e;I 1 ;g 54 e;I( 1+ 2) ; g 4 e ;I 2 +g 5(1 ; l 4 s)e I( 1; 2 ) :(3.57)0 < l < 1 l =1 l > 1 l =0 l > 0Figure 3.11: Types of cells. If l =1than =45 o .To <strong>in</strong>terpret this result, six dierent types of cells, which can occur on a grid, havebeen depicted <strong>in</strong> gure (3.11). For realistic computations the cells with 0 < l 1 and l 0 are <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g. In table (3.1) the dependence of the smooth<strong>in</strong>g rate of po<strong>in</strong>t GSand l<strong>in</strong>e GS is shown for various cases. (l s =0) (l s =1)1 0:57 0:500:1 0:96 0:450:01 1:00 0:450:001 1:00 0:45 l (l s =0) (l s =1)1:0 0:70 0:542:0 0:71 0:553:0 0:72 0:564:0 0:72 0:57 l (l s =0) (l s =1)0:01 1:00 0:600:4 0:84 0:590:6 0:73 0:580:8 0:67 0:56Table 3.1: Smooth<strong>in</strong>g factor for po<strong>in</strong>t and z-l<strong>in</strong>e relaxation on equation (3.51). Left : l =0, l =1 Center: =1:0, l =1:0 Right : =1:0, l =2:0.The follow<strong>in</strong>g trends can be observed. Firstly, for a given l and l , with decreas<strong>in</strong>g thesmooth<strong>in</strong>g rate of po<strong>in</strong>t GS deteriorates, approach<strong>in</strong>g unity for very small . This value<strong>in</strong>dicates that some oscillatory components are not reduced at all. These are the componentsthat are smooth <strong>in</strong> the 2 -direction and oscillatory <strong>in</strong> the 1 -direction. However,


3.2. SOLVING 51the 2 -l<strong>in</strong>e GS relaxation (relax<strong>in</strong>g all equations of a l<strong>in</strong>e at constant 1 simultaneously)rema<strong>in</strong>s an excellent smoother, tend<strong>in</strong>g to =0:45 for small .Secondly, for a given and l it can be seen that the smooth<strong>in</strong>g rates of both the po<strong>in</strong>tGS and the 2 -l<strong>in</strong>e GS relaxation are not very sensitive to the value of l . However, also<strong>in</strong> this case clearly the 2 -l<strong>in</strong>e GS relaxation is a more ecient smoother. F<strong>in</strong>ally, for agiven and l it can be seen that the smooth<strong>in</strong>g factor of po<strong>in</strong>t GS deteriorates withdecreas<strong>in</strong>g l , whereas, when its 2 -l<strong>in</strong>e variant is used, acceptable smooth<strong>in</strong>g is obta<strong>in</strong>edeven for small l .In conclusion, from the study of the model problem (3.51), which is representive forthe x-momentum equation <strong>in</strong> the full Stokes system, it is concluded that <strong>in</strong> order toobta<strong>in</strong> good smooth<strong>in</strong>g for small for a wide range of practical cell congurations a 2 -l<strong>in</strong>e relaxation is needed. For the full Stokes equations this then leads to the proposed 2 -l<strong>in</strong>e SCGS process.3.2.3 Prolongation and RestrictionAfter transformation of the Stokes equations to a boundary-tted doma<strong>in</strong>, the prolongationand restriction operators, given <strong>in</strong> [86] for a staggered Cartesian grid can be used.For the restriction of the dependent variables a simple operator like:u H ij = 1 2 (uh 2i;12j + u h 2i;12j;1) w H ij = 1 2 (wh 2i2j;1 + w h 2i;12j;1) p H ij = 1 4 (ph 2i;12j + p h 2i;12j;1+ p h 2i2j + p h 2i2j;1)(3.58)is sucient. The restriction of residuals is done with a weight<strong>in</strong>g operator:ru H ij = 4[ 1 8 (ruh 2i;22j + ru h 2i;22j;1+ ru h 2i2j + ru h 2i2j;1)+ 1 4 (ruh 2i;12j + ru h 2i;12j;1)] rw H ij = 4[ 1 8 (rwh 2i2j;2 + rw h 2i;12j;2+ rw h 2i2j + rw h 2i;12j)+ 1 4 (rwh 2i2j;1 + rw h 2i;12j;1)] rp H ij = 4[ 1 4 (rph 2i;12j + rp h 2i;12j;1+ rp h 2i2j + rp h 2i2j;1)] :(3.59)The factor 4 <strong>in</strong> the right-hand sides <strong>in</strong> the above equations results from the requirementthat the system of equations on the ne grid is consistent with the system of equationson the coarse grid. This is the so-called scal<strong>in</strong>g rule ([95], pp. 71):Xj[I H h ] j =( H h )d (3.60)where [I H h ] j represents the stencil for the restriction operator and d = 2 the dimension.Prolongation is done with a bil<strong>in</strong>ear operator. For u h the prolongation operator is:u h 2i;12j+1= 1 4 (uH ij +3u H ij+1) u h 2i2j+1= 1 8 (uH ij +3u H ij+1 + u H i+1j +3u H i+1j+1) u h 2i;12j = 1 4 (3uH ij + u H (3.61)ij+1) u h 2i2j+1= 1 8 (3uH ij + uH ij+1 +3uH i+1j + uH ) : i+1j+1


52 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONFor w h the prolongation operator is:w h 2i+12j;1= 1 4 (wH ij +3w H i+1j) w h 2i+12j= 1 8 (wH ij + w H ij+1 +3w H i+1j +3w H i+1j+1) w h 2i2j;1 = 1 4 (3wH ij + w H i+1j) w h 2i2j = 1 8 (3wH ij +3w H ij+1 + w H i+1j + w H i+1j+1) :(3.62)For p h the prolongation operator is:p h 2i2j = 1 16 (9pH ij +3p H i+1j +3p H ij+1 + p H i+1j+1) p h 2i+12j= 1 16 (3pH ij +9p H i+1j + p H ij+1 +3p H i+1j+1) p h 2i2j+1= 1 16 (3pH ij + p H i+1j +9p H ij+1 +3p H i+1j+1) p h 2i+12j+1= 1 16 (pH ij +3p H i+1j +3p H ij+1 +9p H i+1j+1) :(3.63)At boundaries the prolongation operator is adapted to the Dirichlet boundary conditions.3.3 ResultsTo conclude this chapter, the performance of the above numerical solution procedure forthe Stokes equations will be demonstrated. Firstly <strong>in</strong> section (3.3.1) an example is givenwhich illustrates the convergence of the discrete solution to a pre-set cont<strong>in</strong>uous solution ofthe Stokes equations. Next the performance of the multi-grid algorithm is demonstrated<strong>in</strong> section (3.3.2).3.3.1 Model problemAn articial model problem is created to illustrate that for this specic model problemthe discretization error is of second order <strong>in</strong> . Because of the l<strong>in</strong>earity of the Stokesequations <strong>in</strong> this particular problem, the truncation error is of the same order <strong>in</strong> asthe discretization error.On a doma<strong>in</strong>x = 2 1 ; 1 z = 2 h( 1 ) h(x) = 1 ; a 3p 2ea 4xe ; x2a 2 4the follow<strong>in</strong>g velocity and pressure proles are taken:(3.64)u = 1 ; 2 w = 1 2 (1 ; 1 )(1 ; 2 ) p = p w (1 ; 1 ) (3.65)and with boundary conditions (2.3). Substitution <strong>in</strong> the Stokes equations (2.31), (2.32)and (2.33) shows that for (3.65) to be the solution the zero righthand side of the Stokes


3.3. RESULTS 53equations, should be replaced with:f u = ;p w h( 1 ) ; 2 2 d2 h+2 2 2 ( dh ) 2 (h( 1 )) ;1 ; 2 (1 ; 2 1 )(1 ; 2 2 )+(d 1 ) 2 d 1+ 2 1 (1 ; 1 )(1 ; 4 2 ) dh (h( 1 )) ;1 d 1f w = 1 2 3 2 (2h( 1 )(1 ; 2 )+ dhd 1 (4 1 ; 2)(2 2 ; 1) + 1 dh;( dhd 1 ) 2 1 (1 ; 1 )(2 ; 6 2 )=h( 1 )) ; dh(1 ; 2 2 )(1 ; 1 )+d 1=h( 1 )+8 1 (1 ; 1 )=h( 1 ) d 1f p = dh 2 +2 1 (1 ; 1 )(1 ; 2 2 ) :d 1 (3.66)Consequently, with (3.66) as a righthand side <strong>in</strong> the numerical solver, the discrete solutionu h , w h , p h should converge to u, w, p given by (3.65). This is illustrated below. For thecase = 0:1, p w = 100, u 0 = 1, a 3 = 0:5 and a 4 = 0:2 table (3.2) shows the L 1 norm ofthe discretization error <strong>in</strong> u h , w h and p h as a function of the mesh size of the grid. Thenorm is dened as:p ; p h =1N 2NXij=1p ; p h ij : (3.67)The solutions were computed on uniform grids. Each row <strong>in</strong> the table represents a resultobta<strong>in</strong>ed on a grid with a mesh spac<strong>in</strong>g that is twice as small as the previous row. Thetable shows that with decreas<strong>in</strong>g mesh spac<strong>in</strong>g the value of the L 1 -norm decreases, i.e.,u h , w h , p h <strong>in</strong>deed converge to u, w, p. Moreover, the ratio of the norms taken on twoconsecutive grids converges to a factor four. This illustrates that the discretization erroru ; u h etc. is of second order <strong>in</strong> this particular example. N u ; uh w; wh p; ph jp;p H jjp;p h j16 9:95 10 ;3 6:68 10 ;3 5:31 10 ;1 ;32 2:75 10 ;3 1:41 10 ;3 1:53 10 ;1 3:564 7:28 10 ;4 3:33 10 ;4 4:06 10 ;2 3:7128 1:84 10 ;4 8:22 10 ;5 1:03 10 ;2 3:9256 4:62 10 ;5 2:04 10 ;5 2:59 10 ;3 4:0512 1:16 10 ;5 5:10 10 ;6 6:48 10 ;4 4:0Table 3.2: Order of discretization.3.3.2 <strong>Multi</strong>-grid convergenceTo illustrate the performance of the MG solution algorithm, a model problem is takenthat is characteristic for the problems to be studied: the ow <strong>in</strong> a gap with a geometrical\defect" on one of the surfaces. The problem is aga<strong>in</strong> given by equation (3.64). In theparagraph (Local mode analysis) the smooth<strong>in</strong>g factor of the relaxation was estimatedas 0:5. This implies that a coarse-grid correction cycle with 1 pre-relaxations and 2post-relaxations should give an error reduction of a factor (0:5) 1+ 2per cycle, <strong>in</strong>dependentof the mesh size. Below it is shown to what extend grid-<strong>in</strong>dependent convergence of the


54 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONsolution process is obta<strong>in</strong>ed and how the obta<strong>in</strong>ed error reduction compares with thetheoretical estimate as a function of the problem parameters.10 −510 −7N =64N = 12810 −9N = 256N = 51210 −1110 −6r p =0:110 −8 =0:01 =0:00110 −10r p 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 1410 −1310 −1510 −1210 −1410 −1710 −1610 −1910 −1810 −210 2 4 6 8 10 12 14N c(a)(b)Figure 3.12: The residual of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation as function of the number of MGcycles (a): For dierent number of grid po<strong>in</strong>ts. (b): For dierent and N = 256.Firstly, foragiven =0:1, a 3 =0:5 anda 4 =0:2, gure (3.12a) shows the L 2 -norm of theresidual of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation (r p ) as a function of the number (N c ) of coarse-gridcorrection cycles and the mesh size of the grid. In the calculations W(2,2) cycles wereused. The gure shows that the convergence behavior is <strong>in</strong>deed grid-<strong>in</strong>dependent. Theerror reduction per cycle is roughly a factor 16 until mach<strong>in</strong>e precision is reached. For thegrid with N = 256, gure (3.12b) shows the <strong>in</strong>uence of on the speed of convergence.Clearly, also for small the convergence behavior is very good, as was predicted <strong>in</strong> theparagraph (Local mode analysis).10 −20N c1.0x0.50.0x 1−0.5−1.00.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.0Figure 3.13: Two k<strong>in</strong>ds of x-coord<strong>in</strong>ate transformation.In that paragraph it was expla<strong>in</strong>ed that the smooth<strong>in</strong>g behavior depends on the typeof grid cells. This can be illustrated by monitor<strong>in</strong>g the convergence as a function of theparameters a 3 and a 4 . Increas<strong>in</strong>g a 3 and decreas<strong>in</strong>g a 4 is predicted to have a negative eecton the convergence performance because this change <strong>in</strong> a 3 a 4 co<strong>in</strong>cides with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g


3.3. RESULTS 55 l and decreas<strong>in</strong>g l <strong>in</strong> table (3.1). This can <strong>in</strong>deed be seen <strong>in</strong> gures (3.14a) and (3.15a)where N = 256 and =0:01.10 −6 a 4 =0:01a 4 =0:0210 −8a 4 =0:04a 4 =0:210 −6 a 4 =0:01r pa 4 =0:0210 −8a 4 =0:04a 4 =0:2r p 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 1410 −1010 −1010 −1210 −1210 −1410 −1410 −1610 −1610 −1810 −1810 −200 2 4 6 8 10 12 14N c(a)(b)Figure 3.14: The residual of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation as function of the number of MGcycles with a 3 =0:5 (a): For dierent a 4 without x-renement. (b): For dierent a 4with x-renement.10 −20N cr p10 −810 −1010 −610 −8a 3 =0:110 −1010 −6 a 3 =0:110 −1210 −1210 −1410 −1410 −16a 3 =0:5a 3 =0:7a 3 =0:910 −16r p 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14a 3 =0:5a 3 =0:7a 3 =0:910 −1810 −1810 −200 2 4 6 8 10 12 14N c(a)(b)Figure 3.15: The residual of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation as function of the number of MGcycles with a 4 =0:02 (a): For dierent a 3 without renement. (b): For dierent a 3 withrenement.10 −20N cThe obvious remedy is to avoid the occurrence of cells with extreme shape, which can beachieved by renement of the mesh along the x-axis <strong>in</strong> the vic<strong>in</strong>ity of the local feature.One can, e.g. take a transformation given by:l 1 = x ; 4 1 +x 1 l 2 = ;1+ 1 l 3 = 1+ 1 x( 1 ) = 21 (;2+x) 1 ;l 12 1 l 2+ (x;21 ) 1 l 2ln( 1+e(l 3;2 1 )=(2)e l 2 =(2) +e; 1 = ) : (3.68)


56 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONUnless stated otherwise, the follow<strong>in</strong>g values have been used: 1 = 0:8 x = 1:5 a 3 = 0:025 :(3.69)In gure (3.13) this x-coord<strong>in</strong>ate transformation has been depicted. The determ<strong>in</strong>esthe abruptness of the transition between the region with a small grid spac<strong>in</strong>g and thatwith a large grid spac<strong>in</strong>g. The x connes the region with a small grid spac<strong>in</strong>g and 1determ<strong>in</strong>es the step length <strong>in</strong> the rened region. Figures (3.14b) and (3.15b) show thepositive eect on the MG-convergence. This renement also gives a smaller truncationerror <strong>in</strong> the k<strong>in</strong>k region than for the case without renement. The error-reduction factorscan be compared with factors found <strong>in</strong> the literature. A mean value can be calculatedfrom:! 1 MG = rp 6(N c =8)(3.70)r p (N c =2)For the calculation performed with x-renement it is found that MG 0:0625. When is very small compared to a 4 , mean<strong>in</strong>g that the gradients <strong>in</strong> the 2 = constant l<strong>in</strong>es <strong>in</strong>the physical doma<strong>in</strong> are small, a MG 0:04 can be found. In [51] also a l<strong>in</strong>e versionof SCGS is used to numerically solve the <strong>in</strong>compressible Navier-Stokes equations. Theorder of sweep<strong>in</strong>g was: even horizontal l<strong>in</strong>es, odd horizontal l<strong>in</strong>es, even vertical l<strong>in</strong>es, oddvertical l<strong>in</strong>es. This is a little bit dierent from the procedure followed <strong>in</strong> our case: fromleft to right vertical l<strong>in</strong>es and from right to left vertical l<strong>in</strong>es. Nevertheless, a comparisonis made. In [51] page 83 <strong>in</strong> table (4.3) for the driven cavity withRe = 100 a MG =0:055was found.3.4 Pressure-dependent viscosity and/or densityIn section (2.3) the additions to the ow model necessary, to <strong>in</strong>corporate a pressuredependent viscosity and/or densityhave been described. This extended model is necessaryfor problems with pressure-dependent density (cavitation, gas lubrication) and/or piezoviscosity.These features require modications of the numerical solution procedure too.The required changes are briey discussed <strong>in</strong> this paragraph. Firstly, it is noted thata pressure-dependent viscosity and/or density can change the character of the problemlocally from an elliptic <strong>in</strong>to a hyperbolic problem. In that case the standard second-orderdiscretization used so far can lead to a system of equations that is not a K-matrix. Asa result, for the nonl<strong>in</strong>ear problem, convergence problems may occur. To avoid theseproblems the discretization of the momentum equations and the equation of cont<strong>in</strong>uityneeds to be changed.The change of character of the problem and the required modication to the discretization,related to a pressure-dependent density, can already be seen from study<strong>in</strong>g a muchsimplied model problem. Consider the Reynolds equation with a pressure-dependentviscosity and density <strong>in</strong> a uniform lm, i.e., the Two-Phase model of chapter (2) table(2.1), with = and h(x) =1. The equation is l<strong>in</strong>earized by tak<strong>in</strong>g the Taylor expansionof around p 0 and omitt<strong>in</strong>g the term (p 0 ), s<strong>in</strong>ce it only <strong>in</strong>troduces a right-hand side.


3.4. PRESSURE-DEPENDENT VISCOSITY AND/OR DENSITY 57A cell-centered FV discretization on a uniform grid with grid spac<strong>in</strong>g x and a meanvalue for the pressure on cell faces results <strong>in</strong>:For ddpp i;124 ;p=p0x ; 3 ddp3 5 2 + pip=p0x+ p i+124 ;xd+3dp3p=p05 =0: (3.71)> 0 the third term <strong>in</strong> equation (3.71) can destroy the K-matrix conditionsgiven <strong>in</strong> section (3.2.1) Denition 1. However, an upw<strong>in</strong>d discretization gives:p i;124 ;x ; 6 ddp3 25 + pip=p04 2 d+6x dp3p=p05 + pi+1; x=0 (3.72)<strong>in</strong> which case the result<strong>in</strong>g system of equations does satisfy the K-matrix condition. Thelesson taught by this model problem implies that also <strong>in</strong> the full Stokes problem withpressure-dependent density the discretization of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation should be takenupw<strong>in</strong>d. The details are given <strong>in</strong> section (3.4.1).A good upw<strong>in</strong>d discretization for the viscosity appears to be dicult, see equation(A.7), and was omitted. For moderate gradients <strong>in</strong> the viscosity this is acceptable.Next the relaxation procedure requires modication. So far, the system of equationsto be solved for a given l<strong>in</strong>e was a l<strong>in</strong>ear system. The pressure dependence of viscosity anddensity <strong>in</strong>troduces non-l<strong>in</strong>earity. This requires the <strong>in</strong>troduction of a non-l<strong>in</strong>ear iterativeprocedure for the system. The most obvious choice is the use of one or more Newtonsteps. The advantage of this method is that <strong>in</strong> the vic<strong>in</strong>ity of the solution it convergesfast. However, when the <strong>in</strong>itial guess is far away from the solution it may not convergeat all. A convenient way to overcome this problem is to use the Newton process with\backtrack<strong>in</strong>g". This approach is also described below <strong>in</strong> section (3.4.2.).3.4.1 DiscretizationThe discretization of equations (2.28), (2.29) and (2.30) is carried out <strong>in</strong> the same manneras <strong>in</strong> section (3.1). Only the discretization of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation is changed <strong>in</strong> the caseof a pressure-dependent density. In order to obta<strong>in</strong> a stable discretization, the cont<strong>in</strong>uityequation is discretized along the characteristics which are calculated <strong>in</strong> appendix (A):dz= w , so along the streaml<strong>in</strong>es. To overcome convergence problems <strong>in</strong> the relaxationdx umethod, the use of an upw<strong>in</strong>d scheme <strong>in</strong> mixed problems (hyperbolic, elliptic) was alsoused <strong>in</strong>, for example, the full-potential equation for transonic ow, see [95], page 223 and[94]. The FV discretization of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation is given by: 2 n a 2 (2)u o i; 1 2 j ; 2 n a 2 (2)u o i+ 1 2 j + 1 n (a 1 (1)w ; a 2 (1)u) o ij+ 1 2; 1 n (a 1 (1)w ; a 2 (1)u) o ij; 1 2=0: (3.73)The sign of the contravariant velocity components a 2 u and (2) a1 w ; (1) a2 (1)u determ<strong>in</strong>es thedirection of the ow perpendicular to the cell face on which it is dened. So, if a 1 w ; (1)a 2 u > 0 <strong>in</strong> the po<strong>in</strong>t (i j ; 1 (1)), the local ow is <strong>in</strong>to the physical cell centered around2


58 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTION(ij). This means that one should take (p ij ) for ij;1 to have an upw<strong>in</strong>d discretization.2The unknown density values can then be calculated accord<strong>in</strong>g to:(fug i;12 j = i;1j u i;12 j if u i;12 j > 0 ij u i;12 j if u i;12 j < 0and a similar expression for <strong>in</strong> the cell face ij ; 1 2 :n(a1(1)w ; a 2 (1)u) o ij; 1 2=8>: ij;1n(a1(1) w ; a2 (1) u)o ij; 1 2if n (a 1 (1) w ; a2 (1) u)o ij; 1 2(3.74)> 0 :n ij (a1w ; u)o n (1) a2 (1)if (a 1 w ; u)oij; 1 (1) a2 (1)< 0 .ij; 1 22(3.75)The result<strong>in</strong>g scheme is a conservative discretization because the on the cell faces iscalculated <strong>in</strong> the same way <strong>in</strong> adjacent cells.A disadvantage is that the scheme is no longer second-order but only rst-order. Consequentlyit is less accurate. In particular, the results should be <strong>in</strong>terpreted carefully dueto the possible eects of articial \viscosity". However, such eects can be identied whencompar<strong>in</strong>g solutions obta<strong>in</strong>ed on dierent grids. Alternatively \defect-correction" can beused to atta<strong>in</strong> second-order accuracy [95]. This approach is not used here.3.4.2 L<strong>in</strong>e solverAs mentioned above, the equations on a vertical l<strong>in</strong>e of cells are now non-l<strong>in</strong>ear. Theycan be solved by a Newton procedure. Let the system of equations for one l<strong>in</strong>e be givenby:L h (u h )=0 (3.76)where L h represents the discretized momentum and cont<strong>in</strong>uity equations, and u h theunknown velocity and pressure components. A Newton step consists of:u h n+1= u h n ; J ;1b L h (u h n) (3.77)where u h n is a rst (or current) approximation and J b , the Jacobian, is dened as:J b = @Lh@u h u h =u h n: (3.78)When the rst approximation is close to the solution, the Newton process convergesquadratically, see [20]. However, if the rst guess is too far away, divergence may occur. Aremedy is to use backtrack<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ation with l<strong>in</strong>e search<strong>in</strong>g, see [20]. This approachimplies that <strong>in</strong>stead of solv<strong>in</strong>g equation (3.76), one tries to nd the m<strong>in</strong>imum off b = 1 2 Lh L h : (3.79)The m<strong>in</strong>ima of equation (3.79) correspond to the zeros of equation (3.76). Only m<strong>in</strong>imawith f b =0are roots of equation (3.76). To solve equation (3.76) the follow<strong>in</strong>g iterativeprocess is used:u h n+1= u h n + b p n 0 < b 1 : (3.80)


3.4. PRESSURE-DEPENDENT VISCOSITY AND/OR DENSITY 59For p n the Newton step is taken:p n = ;J ;1b L h (u h n) : (3.81)The vector p n represents a descent direction, mean<strong>in</strong>g that f b (u h n+1) b : (3.83) b =1 10 ;4 is often used <strong>in</strong> literature [64]. L<strong>in</strong>e search<strong>in</strong>g now consists of look<strong>in</strong>g for a b which satises both requirements. In the rout<strong>in</strong>e used <strong>in</strong> this work, which is described<strong>in</strong> [64], too small steps are avoided by alower bound on the step length. So, to fulll therequirement <strong>in</strong> equation (3.82), the m<strong>in</strong>imum ofg b ( b )=f b (u h n + b p n ) (3.84)is searched for. This is carried out by approximat<strong>in</strong>g g b ( b ) by a quadratic function withthe use of g b (0) and g 0 b(0). If, with this new b , equation (3.82) does not hold, a new b iscomputed but now g b is approximated by a cubic. The last step is repeated until equation(3.82) holds. So, backtrack<strong>in</strong>g consists of rst try<strong>in</strong>g a Newton step ( b =1). If this doesnot satisfy equation (3.82), a b that m<strong>in</strong>imizes g b is searched for <strong>in</strong> the above describediterative way. A successful application of this method <strong>in</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ation with FMG, can befound <strong>in</strong> [80]. In the next section the results of some tests with this backtrack<strong>in</strong>g method<strong>in</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ation with multi-grid will be demonstrated.3.4.3 Model problemTo illustrate the convergence of the discretization error for this particular example, amodel problem is created <strong>in</strong> the same way as is done <strong>in</strong> section (3.3.1). The doma<strong>in</strong>is dened as <strong>in</strong> equation (3.64) with a 3 = 0:2, a 4 = 0:2 and = 0:1. The boundaryconditions from equation (2.3) are used with u 0 = (1 0) T . The righthand sides for thedierent equations are chosen such that the solution is:u = 1 ; 2 w = 0 p = 1 2 (1 ; 1 )(1 ; 2 ) :(3.85)For the density and the viscosity the follow<strong>in</strong>g functions have been used: = e p = e p :(3.86)


60 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONAs <strong>in</strong> section (3.3.1) for the iso-viscous <strong>in</strong>compressible case, the norm of the dierencebetween the exact solution and the discrete solution can be monitored as a function of themesh size on a uniform grid. First consider the case with a pressure-dependent densitybut with constant viscosity. Table (3.3) shows the L 1 -norm of the error as a function ofthe mesh size. The table shows that the discretization is convergent. The ratio of theerror on two consecutive grids shows that it is of rst order. This is as expected becauseof the rst order upw<strong>in</strong>d discretization of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation.N u ; uh w; wh p; ph jp;p H jjp;p h j32 1:58 10 ;3 3:56 10 ;3 3:29 10 ;2 ;64 7:55 10 ;4 1:88 10 ;3 1:62 10 ;2 2:0128 3:64 10 ;4 9:49 10 ;4 8:02 10 ;3 2:0256 1:77 10 ;4 4:71 10 ;4 3:94 10 ;3 2:1512 8:73 10 ;5 2:35 10 ;4 1:95 10 ;3 2:0Table 3.3: Order of discretization for =3:0 and =0:0 <strong>in</strong> equation (3.86).Next, table (3.4) shows the results obta<strong>in</strong>ed, assum<strong>in</strong>g an <strong>in</strong>compressible uid ( = 0)with pressure-dependent viscosity. For this case the discretization should still be secondorder as the table <strong>in</strong>deed shows.N u ; uh w; wh p; ph jp;p H jjp;p h j32 1:13 10 ;3 1:60 10 ;3 1:97 10 ;2 ;64 3:11 10 ;4 4:57 10 ;4 5:43 10 ;3 3:6128 7:97 10 ;5 1:13 10 ;4 1:40 10 ;3 3:9256 2:02 10 ;5 2:87 10 ;5 3:53 10 ;4 4:0512 5:04 10 ;6 7:54 10 ;6 8:86 10 ;5 4:0Table 3.4: Order of discretization for =4:0 and =0:0 <strong>in</strong> equation (3.86).3.4.4 <strong>Multi</strong>-grid convergenceF<strong>in</strong>ally, theconvergence behavior of the complete MG solver for the pressure-dependentviscosity or density is studied. The doma<strong>in</strong> is dened as <strong>in</strong> equation (3.64) with a 3 =0:2,a 4 = 0:2 and = 0:1. The boundary conditions from equation (2.3) are used withu 0 =(1 0) T . The solver was used with W(2,2) cycles. The <strong>in</strong>ter-grid operators used arethe same as used for the <strong>in</strong>compressible iso-viscous ow.First the case of = (p) is <strong>in</strong>vestigated. For this purpose the cavitation modeldescribed <strong>in</strong> section (2.3.3) is used. The density pressure equation (2.71) is used, with 0 = 0:01. In the relaxation process, when relax<strong>in</strong>g a given l<strong>in</strong>e, a few Newton steps


3.4. PRESSURE-DEPENDENT VISCOSITY AND/OR DENSITY 61(mostly one or two) are applied to each l<strong>in</strong>e for m<strong>in</strong>imiz<strong>in</strong>g f b <strong>in</strong> equation (3.79). In thisstep a full Jacobian is used. The l<strong>in</strong>es are visited one by one <strong>in</strong> downstream direction.However, <strong>in</strong> some cases where the gradient <strong>in</strong> the pressure changes rapidly problems occur.Typically, the backtrack<strong>in</strong>g algorithm cannot nd a solution when at a l<strong>in</strong>e the gradient<strong>in</strong>the pressure changes rapidly. This happens at l<strong>in</strong>es at which the density changes betweena constant value and a variable value. This problem can partly be overcome by return<strong>in</strong>gto the l<strong>in</strong>e upstream of the l<strong>in</strong>e where the relaxation process did not converge. This stepmay have to be repeated several times. However, for very large values of this approachalso breaks down. This does not need to concern us for the present study, but is certa<strong>in</strong>lya subject of attention for future research. As the value of to be taken is not exactlyknown anyway and the purpose of our approach is ma<strong>in</strong>ly to model ow cont<strong>in</strong>uity <strong>in</strong> acavitated region, rather than exactly model<strong>in</strong>g the details of the ow, it can be assumedthat is not too large.As long as this is the case, the performance of the solver is as illustrated <strong>in</strong> gure(3.16). Figure (3.16a) shows the residual of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation as a function of thenumber of cycles. Clearly the solver converges. However, the speed of convergence is notgrid-<strong>in</strong>dependent. This may be attributed to the strong non-l<strong>in</strong>earity <strong>in</strong> the problem asit is also observed <strong>in</strong> [80] where also a FMG algorithm is comb<strong>in</strong>ed with a backtrack<strong>in</strong>galgorithm. Nevertheless, from a practical po<strong>in</strong>t of view, the rate of convergence on a givengrid, even up to quite considerable values of , is still very good, see gure (3.16b).10 −6 N =64N = 12810 −8N = 256N = 51210 −1010 −1210 −6r p =1:010 −8 =5:0 =20:0 =40:0 =60:0 =80:010 −1010 −12r p 0 3 6 9 12 1510 −1410 −1410 −1610 −1610 −1810 −1810 −200 3 6 9 12 15N c(a)(b)Figure 3.16: The residual of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation as function of the number of MGcycles (a): =1:0, for dierent number of grid cells. (b): N = 256, for dierent .10 −20N cSecondly, consider the case = constant and = (p) dened by equation (2.66). Forthis case the performance of the MG solver is not that good. As <strong>in</strong> the previous case theconvergence is not grid-<strong>in</strong>dependent, see gure (3.17a). Also the convergence rate is lessgood. Typically a factor three per cycle is obta<strong>in</strong>ed. This still means that <strong>in</strong> two cyclesan error reduction of an order of magnitude is obta<strong>in</strong>ed which is acceptable for practicaluse. Another drawback is that the relaxation procedure does not converge for large p( p > 0:03 <strong>in</strong> this particular case). Probably the <strong>in</strong>corporation <strong>in</strong>to the discretization ofthe direction of the characteristics found <strong>in</strong> equation (A.7) could result <strong>in</strong> a convergentrelaxation. However, compar<strong>in</strong>g it to the performance for the other cases <strong>in</strong>dicates that


62 CHAPTER 3. NUMERICAL SOLUTIONfurther study is needed.10 −6 p =0:0110 −6 N =64N10 −8= 128N = 256N = 51210 −1010 −12r p10 −810 −10p =0:02p =0:03r p 0 3 6 9 12 1510 −1410 −1210 −1610 −1810 −1410 −200 3 6 9 12 15N c(a)(b)Figure 3.17: The residual of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation as function of the number of MGcycles (a): p =0:01, for dierent number of grid cells. (b): N =256, for dierent p .10 −16N cFor both cases the standard <strong>in</strong>ter-grid operators seem to be correct. The case of compressibleiso-viscous ow gives a good MG performance, only the case of <strong>in</strong>compressiblepiezo-viscous ow needs some more attention <strong>in</strong> the future. This ends the test<strong>in</strong>g partof the two developed solvers. In the follow<strong>in</strong>g chapters the results obta<strong>in</strong>ed with thesesolvers, are presented.3.5 ConclusionIn this chapter a numerical solution procedure for the <strong>in</strong>compressible iso-viscous Stokesequations has been presented. The developed solver can handle doma<strong>in</strong>s with small verywell. It was checked whether the discretization converges second-order accurately to apreset solution. It has been shown <strong>in</strong> gures (3.14), (3.15) that the MG method as usedreaches good multi-grid convergence even for high grid l<strong>in</strong>e-aspect ratios.For example, the angle between a grid l<strong>in</strong>e 2 = constant and a horizontal l<strong>in</strong>e <strong>in</strong> thephysical doma<strong>in</strong> for a 3 =0:5, a 4 =0:01 and =0:01 <strong>in</strong> equation (3.64) gives:tan() = dhdx = ; a p32 e (3.87)x=0a 4thus 50 o where MG = 0:064. As a result the solver is expected to be very wellsuited to <strong>in</strong>vestigate the Stokes eects <strong>in</strong> the iso-viscous <strong>in</strong>compressible ow <strong>in</strong> narrowlms <strong>in</strong>duced by surface imperfections.F<strong>in</strong>ally, the solver was extended to allow for a pressure-dependent density and/orviscosity. For the variable densitythemulti-grid convergence looks promis<strong>in</strong>g, with MG =0:089, but the variable viscosity case needs some more attention <strong>in</strong> the future: MG =0:31.


Chapter 4Results for StokesIn the previous chapter the development and test<strong>in</strong>g of the algorithm for the numericalsolution of the Stokes equations was described. In this chapter results are presentedfor problems representative for the ow <strong>in</strong> lubricated contacts. For each problem thesolution is discussed <strong>in</strong> detail and compared with the solution of Reynolds' equation. Inparticular the magnitude of the relative dierence between the Stokes solution and theReynolds solution is measured as a function of characteristic geometry parameters such asan \amplitude" and a \wavelength" of surface imperfections. The objective of the studyis to obta<strong>in</strong> a \rule of thumb" for practical use, <strong>in</strong>dicat<strong>in</strong>g when the Reynolds solution issuciently accurate and when a better solution is needed. This better solution can eitherbe the Stokes solution but, as is shown <strong>in</strong> this chapter, to some extent the correctedsolution based on a perturbation approach can be used.4.1 GeometryThe problems discussed <strong>in</strong> this chapter can all be written <strong>in</strong> the same form, i.e. as theow through achannel with dimensionless geometry given by the functionh(x) =(1; a 1 )x a 2+ a 1 ; R 0 (x) (4.1)where the rst two terms represents the \global" shape of the channel and the third terma \local" feature. For this local feature the follow<strong>in</strong>g function will be assumed:R 0 (x) =A 0 s<strong>in</strong>(2x=a 4 )m((1 + e ;a 5(a 3 =2;x))(1 + e ;a 5(a 3 =2+x)))(4.2)whereA 0 m = A m (1 + e ;a 5(a 3 =2;a 4 =4) )(1 + e ;a 5(a 3 =2+a 4 =4) ) (4.3)Of the dierent parameters <strong>in</strong> the above equations A m obviously represents the amplitudeand a 4 the wavelength. The parameters a 3 and a 5 are a measure of the width of thefeature compared to the full length of the channel and an amplitude decay parameter,respectively. As an example, gure (4.1) shows the geometry obta<strong>in</strong>ed for a 1 =0,a 2 =0,a 3 =0:5, a 4 =0:5 and A m =0:5. This geometry clearly represents a s<strong>in</strong>gle local feature63


64 CHAPTER 4. RESULTS FOR STOKES1u =0w =0p =0w =0za 4p =0w =0u =1w =01 ;xAm0−1 0 1Figure 4.1: Geometry and boundary conditions for S<strong>in</strong>gle local feature.<strong>in</strong> a uniform channel it is discussed <strong>in</strong> detail <strong>in</strong> the follow<strong>in</strong>g section. Also shown <strong>in</strong>gure (4.1) are the boundary conditions that will be imposed for all problems throughoutthis chapter. For the numerical solution procedure on the given doma<strong>in</strong> a grid will begenerated us<strong>in</strong>gz = 2 h(x( 1 )) ( 1 2 ) 2 [0 1] (4.4)where x( 1 ) is dened by equation (3.68). F<strong>in</strong>ally, for each problem a study has been carriedout monitor<strong>in</strong>g the dierence between the Stokes solution and the Reynolds solutionas a function of the govern<strong>in</strong>g parameters. For this purpose the quantity R as <strong>in</strong>troduced<strong>in</strong> chapter (2) isused:R =R~; 1p S (x z =0)dx ; R ~ ;1p R (x)dxR~; 1p R (x)dxwhere the tilde <strong>in</strong> ~; <strong>in</strong>dicates that the pressure is only <strong>in</strong>tegrated for positive values.(4.5)4.2 S<strong>in</strong>gle local featureFor the case of a local feature <strong>in</strong> a uniform channel as shown <strong>in</strong> gure (4.1), equation (4.2)has been used, tak<strong>in</strong>g the parameters shown <strong>in</strong> table (4.1).a 1 a 2 a 3 a 5 1 x 1631:0 0 a 4 a 40:8 a 2 3 0:025Table 4.1: Values of parameters for s<strong>in</strong>gle local feature.As a result the only parameters <strong>in</strong> the problem are the wavelength a 4 , the amplitudeA m , and of course = H L , which appears <strong>in</strong> the Stokes equations. Note that A m anda 4 represent dimensionless quantities. In physical terms the amplitude of the feature isA = HA m and its wavelength =La 4 .


4.2. SINGLE LOCAL FEATURE 65211.6z1.2h(x) =0:487 =0:46 =0:4 =0:2p00.8−1−1.210.4z0.0007811−0.99610x0.99610−1 −0.5 0 0.5x1(a)(b)Figure 4.2: (a): Pressure eld. (b): Streaml<strong>in</strong>es. Both as function of x and z for =0:1, a 4 =0:4, A m =0:2.Firstly, as an illustration gure (4.2) shows a typical Stokes solution to the problem.Figure (4.2a) shows the pressure eld and gure (4.2b) the streaml<strong>in</strong>es. In addition gure(4.3a) shows the pressure at the lower and upper surface as a function of x. F<strong>in</strong>ally, gure(4.3b) shows the horizontal velocity component u and the vertical velocity component was a function of z for x =0.3p2h(x)preyps(x 0)ps(x h)1u wuswsurwr10.500−1−2−1 −0.5 0 0.5 1x−0.50 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1z(a)(b)Figure 4.3: (a): Pressure as function of x for z =0and z = h(x). (b): u and w velocitycomponents at x =0. Subscript <strong>in</strong>dicates Reynolds (r) and Stokes (s) solution,respectively.The solution for the problem without feature would be a zero pressure everywhere, a l<strong>in</strong>earvariation of u(z) and w =0. Compar<strong>in</strong>g this with the gures shows that the presence ofthe feature <strong>in</strong>duces a gradual pressure rise before and after the feature and a sharp localchange around the feature.In gure (4.3a) also the pressure solution obta<strong>in</strong>ed from the Reynolds equation isshown. In the region <strong>in</strong> which the feature is located the Stokes pressure is z-dependent.Note that the Reynolds and Stokes solution do not only dier <strong>in</strong> the vic<strong>in</strong>ity of the feature.


66 CHAPTER 4. RESULTS FOR STOKESAlso <strong>in</strong> the \<strong>in</strong>let" and \outlet" region preced<strong>in</strong>g and follow<strong>in</strong>g the feature all the way tothe boundary there is a dierence, though the dierence decreases <strong>in</strong> magnitude.The velocity proles <strong>in</strong> gure (4.3b) show little dierence between the Stokes solutionand the Reynolds solution.14212R108 =0:005 =0:01 =0:02 =0:03 =0:04 =0:05R1.61.2Am =0:1Am =0:3Am =0:5Am =0:7Am =0:960.8420.400.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05a 40.06(a)Figure 4.4: (a): R for A m =0:1. (b): R for a 4 =0:1.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1(b)Next, the magnitude of the dierence R between the Reynolds and the Stokes solutionis studied <strong>in</strong> more detail. First, for a xed amplitude A m = 0:1 the parameters anda 4 have been varied, see gure (4.4a). For a given , with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g wavelength a 4 therelative dierence R decreases. Figure (4.4b) shows that with decreas<strong>in</strong>g the relativedierence R decreases, regardless of the value of A m . This is <strong>in</strong> accordance with commonexpectations.22.81.6Ra 4 =0:1a 4 =0:2a 4 =0:3a 4 =0:4a 4 =0:62.4R2a 4 =0:01a 4 =0:02a 4 =0:03a 4 =0:04a 4 =0:061.21.60.81.20.80.40.400 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1Am(a)Figure 4.5: R as function of A m for (a): =0:1. (b): =0:01.00 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1Am(b)Figure (4.4b) also shows results obta<strong>in</strong>ed when keep<strong>in</strong>g a 4 xed and vary<strong>in</strong>g A m fordierent . This gure shows that for a given the value of R <strong>in</strong>creases with decreas<strong>in</strong>gamplitude. This result seems somewhat odd as one would expect the opposite behavior.After all, a larger amplitude gives larger slopes, and one generally couples validity of


4.2. SINGLE LOCAL FEATURE 672.8R2.42a 4 =0:001a 4 =0:002a 4 =0:003a 4 =0:004a 4 =0:006R200pdx150Rpreydxp S (x 0)dxp S (x 0)dx ; R preydx1.61.21000.8500.400 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1Am00 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1Am(a)(b)Figure 4.6: (a): R as function of A m for =0:001. (b): Integration of p only forpositive p, =0:001 and a 4 =0:001.Reynolds equation to \small slopes". Apparently this is not always true. This can beseen more clearly from gure (4.5) and (4.6). For dierent values of ( =0:1 0:01 0:001)these gures show R as a function of A m and a 4 . These gures show that R does notmonotonously <strong>in</strong>crease or decrease with A m but that it has a maximum, however, forsuciently large A m it decreases with A m . For a smaller value of this maximum occursat a smaller value of A m .For small A m the Stokes solution approaches the Reynolds solution and thus R approacheszero. What happens if A m ! 1? This can be best expla<strong>in</strong>ed by plott<strong>in</strong>g the<strong>in</strong>tegral over the pressure on the lower surface for the dierent solutions. This has beendone to obta<strong>in</strong> gure (4.6b) where this <strong>in</strong>tegration has been performed sett<strong>in</strong>g negativepressures equal to zero. It can be seen that <strong>in</strong> the neighborhood of A m =1the <strong>in</strong>tegralsover the Stokes pressure, over the Reynolds pressure and the dierence between these<strong>in</strong>tegrals tend to <strong>in</strong>nity. But the dierence between the <strong>in</strong>tegral over the Stokes andReynolds solution tends less fast to <strong>in</strong>nity thanthe<strong>in</strong>tegral over the Reynolds solution.This expla<strong>in</strong>s the form of R as function of A m . So, relative tothe Reynolds solution theStokes solution does not diverge. It is mentioned here that only po<strong>in</strong>ts up to A m = 0:9have been calculated. For amplitudes closer to one the numerical accuracy of the solverwill be questionable. The exact behavior of R <strong>in</strong> the limit A m ! 1 can thus not bepredicted.Secondly, note that <strong>in</strong> each gure results are shown for values of a 4 that dier, e.g.for = 0:1 then 0:1 < a 4 < 0:6, for = 0:01 then 0:01 < a 4 < 0:06 and for = 0:001then 0:001


68 CHAPTER 4. RESULTS FOR STOKESthe Reynolds and the Stokes solution measured by R occurs for =a 4 = H= > 0:2.This is <strong>in</strong> l<strong>in</strong>e with expectations given <strong>in</strong> literature [25] that a factor of this type, H=,determ<strong>in</strong>es the transition between Stokes and Reynolds roughness. In gures (4.5) and(4.6a) it can already be seen that there is a limit for R if =a 4 is kept constant and ! 0.For dierent values of =a 4 this is depicted <strong>in</strong> gure (4.7). The R values have been scaledon the maximum value of R for =a 4 is constant. So it is assumed that R reaches amaximum at = 0:005. Convert<strong>in</strong>g to un-scaled variables can shed light on this limit.If H is assumed constant, then is constant, because a 4= HLa 4= H = constant, thenif L ! 1 the distance between local feature and <strong>in</strong>/out ow boundary <strong>in</strong>creases. Thelimit <strong>in</strong>dicates that there is no <strong>in</strong>teraction between the surface feature and the <strong>in</strong>/out owboundaries.10.9RRmax0.8=a 4 =1:0=a 4 =0:5=a 4 =0:330.70.60.50.40 400 800 1200 1600 20001=Figure 4.7: Limit of R= R max if =a 4 = constant and ! 0, for A m =0:1.A mR N=128R N=256R N=512 p0:002 0:9587 0:9636 0:9647 2:50:03 2:3608 2:3720 2:3748 2:30:1 2:3580 2:3658 2:3678 2:30:3 1:9779 1:9689 1:9664 2:20:5 1:8218 1:7957 1:7883 2:20:7 1:5102 1:4792 1:4700 2:10:9 0:4994 0:4983 0:4976 1:4Table 4.2: Convergence of R for =0:01 and a 4 =0:01.F<strong>in</strong>ally some additional calculations have been carried out to illustrate the accuracy ofthe calculated results. As all equations were discretized with second-order accuracy, alsothe value of R computed for a given case should be O( 2 ) accurate. This is illustrated<strong>in</strong> table (4.2). For =0:01, a 4 = 0:01 and for dierent values of A m this table shows R


4.2. SINGLE LOCAL FEATURE 69on grids with 128128, 256256 and 512512 cells. The order p can be calculated with: p = log R; R N=128 R; R N=256log j N=128 N=256j (4.6)where the \true" value R is approximated with the R value on the nest grid (N = 512).The table shows that <strong>in</strong>deed a second order convergence is obta<strong>in</strong>ed. All the computationalresults presented <strong>in</strong> the gures (4.2), (4.3), (4.4), (4.5), (4.6) and (4.7) were obta<strong>in</strong>ed ona grid with 512 512 cells. In the next section the perturbation results and the ow eldwill be presented.4.2.1 Perturbation SLFIn chapter (2) a perturbation approach was presented that can be used to obta<strong>in</strong> a correctionto the Reynolds solution without hav<strong>in</strong>g to solve the full Stokes equations. For theproblem of a S<strong>in</strong>gle Local Feature, as discussed <strong>in</strong> the previous section, such perturbationsolutions are compared with the solution of the Reynolds equation and the solution of theStokes equations. For a characteristic case, the accuracy and convergence of the perturbation<strong>in</strong> relation with the wavelength of the feature is studied. The perturbation parameteris = H=L, see section (2.2). As the viscosity is constant and the uid is assumed tobe <strong>in</strong>compressible for the SLF problem, one can obta<strong>in</strong> the perturbation solutions verycheaply. Up to rst-order perturbation this has been expla<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> section (2.2). How toobta<strong>in</strong> the second-order correction for the pressure is presented <strong>in</strong> appendix (C). So upto second-order the expansion looks like:u(x z) = u 0 (x z)+ 2 u 1 (x z)+ 4 u 2 (x z)w(x z) = w 0 (x z)+ 2 w 1 (x z)+ 4 w 2 (x z)p(x z) = p 0 (x)+ 2 p 1 (x z)+ 4 p 2 (x z)(4.7)with expressions for u 0 (x z), w 0 (x z) and p 0 (x) from equation (2.53), (2.55) and (2.54),respectively. For u 1 (x z), w 1 (x z) and p 1 (x z) equations (C.4), (C.5) and (2.59) areused. p 2 (x z) follows from equation (C.6). For example, the rst-order perturbation onlyrequires the solution of an additional Reynolds type of equation.Figure (4.8) shows some results obta<strong>in</strong>ed for the case = 0:01, A m = 0:4 and threewavelengths a 4 =0:06 0:04 0:02. The gures show the pressure at the surface z = 0 andz = h(x) as obta<strong>in</strong>ed from the Reynolds equation, the Stokes solution, and the rst-andsecond-order perturbation solution.As the global features of the SLF solution have been discussed <strong>in</strong> detail <strong>in</strong> the previoussection, here only the solution <strong>in</strong> the region around the feature is shown.Firstly consider the case a 4 =0:06. The rst-order perturbation solution to the pressurealready diers very little from the Stokes solution, and the second-order perturbationresult is an even more accurate approximation to the Stokes solution. Clearly the perturbation<strong>in</strong> for this case converges.With decreas<strong>in</strong>g wavelength the accuracy of the perturbed solutions is expected todecrease. This can be seen from the results shown for the smaller wavelengths a 4 . Fora 4 = 0:04 the perturbation still \converges", i.e. provides an accurate correction to the


70 CHAPTER 4. RESULTS FOR STOKES111.5111.5p10h1p10h1987h(x)preyp 1 (x z =0)p 2 (x z =0)ps(x z =0)0.50987h(x)preyp 1 (x z = h(x))p 2 (x z = h(x))ps(x z = h(x))0.506−0.56−0.55−0.12 −0.08 −0.04 0x0.04−15−0.12 −0.08 −0.04 0x0.04−181.581.5phph76h(x)preyp 1 (x z =0)p 2 (x z =0)ps(x z =0)10.576h(x)preyp 1 (x z = h(x))p 2 (x z = h(x))ps(x z = h(x))10.550504−0.54−0.53−1−0.08 −0.06 −0.04 −0.02 0 0.02 0.04x3−1−0.06 −0.04 −0.02 0 0.02 0.04x88p64h(x)preyp 1 (x z =0)p 2 (x z =0)ps(x z =0)1h0p64h(x)preyp 1 (x z = h(x))p 2 (x z = h(x))ps(x z = h(x))1h02−12−10−2−0.04 −0.02 0 0.02x0−2−0.04 −0.02 0 0.02xFigure 4.8: Pressure at the surface z =0(left) and z = h(x) (right) for the Reynoldssolution (p rey ), the Stokes solution (p s ) and a rst (p 1 ) and second order (p 2 )perturbation solution for the case =0:01 and A m =0:4 while a 4 =0:06 (top), a 4 =0:04(center) and a 4 =0:02 (bottom).


4.2. SINGLE LOCAL FEATURE 71Reynolds solution. However, for a 4 = 0:02 this is no longer true. The global correction,i.e. the perturbation solution, is accurate <strong>in</strong> the region away from the feature, but locallyat the feature the perturbation results are a very poor approximation to the Stokes results.The perturbation solutions conta<strong>in</strong> a local oscillation with an amplitude that is even larger<strong>in</strong> the second-order result than <strong>in</strong> the rst-order result. This <strong>in</strong>dicates that locally theperturbation <strong>in</strong> does not converge. Apparently the local gradients have become toolarge for the global parameter to be an adequate perturbation parameter.It is observed that <strong>in</strong> all three cases (a 4 =0:06 0:04 0:02) the Stokes pressure is largerthan the Reynolds pressure. A closer look at the pressure expansionp(x z) =p 0 (x)+ ~p 1 (x)+ @w 0@z!Z !+ 3 @2 w 0@x + @2 w 1dz + 3 ~p 2 @z 2 2 (x) (4.8)shows that this is caused by ~p 1 (x) and ~p 2 (x) because w 0 and w 1 only dier from zero <strong>in</strong>the region where dh=dx is non zero. The equations for ~p 1 (x) and ~p 2 (x) conta<strong>in</strong> derivativesof h with respect to x, this <strong>in</strong> contrast with the Reynolds equation. So, the curvature ofthe feature does not only have a local eect but also a global eect.For the same cases gure (4.9) shows some velocity results. The left gures show theow eld accord<strong>in</strong>g to the Stokes solution. The gures on the right show the velocitycomponents u and w as a function of z at the location x = 0. These gures show thevelocity components from the Reynolds solution, the Stokes solution, and a rst-orderperturbation result. For the Reynolds solution it can be found from equations (2.53) and(2.55) that at x =0:u =1; z (4.9)andw = z 2 (1 ; z) dhdx(4.10)because h = 1 and dp = 0. This means that the u prole is the same for a dx 4 =0:06 0:04 0:02 and for the w prole only the m<strong>in</strong>imum value of w changes.The gure shows that for a 4 = 0:06 and a 4 = 0:04 the perturbation solution of thevelocity eld isagoodapproximation of the Stokes solution.For a 4 = 0:02 the rst-order perturbation results are not an improvement on theReynolds solution. They predict a back-ow <strong>in</strong> the top of the doma<strong>in</strong>. The predictedre-circulation ow eld does not seem realistic. The Stokes solution predicts a muchsmaller recirculation zone. It is situated on top of the l<strong>in</strong>e =0:494 <strong>in</strong> the wave <strong>in</strong> gure(4.9). The Reynolds equation does not predict this type of recirculation. So, perturbationtheory is not capable of predict<strong>in</strong>g these recirculation zones correctly.In general there are two types of recirculation for the SLF. The rst type, which isalso predicted by the Reynolds equation, conta<strong>in</strong>s a back-ow generated for an amplitudeA m > 0:5. In gure (4.10a) a Stokes velocity solution is shown for = 0:01, A m = 0:9and a 4 =0:06. It shows such a recirculation zone which extends to the <strong>in</strong>ow boundary.The second, very local type is not predicted by the Reynolds equation. It occurs when=a 4 = O(1) and also the series expansion <strong>in</strong> terms of can not adequately predict thisrecirculation. An example of this type of recirculation is given <strong>in</strong> gure (4.10b). Note that<strong>in</strong> this case the bulk of the uid is pass<strong>in</strong>g the feature below. This recirculation is of the


72 CHAPTER 4. RESULTS FOR STOKES1.5z1 =0:49 =0:48h(x)1u0.8R 0R 1S2w0 =0:440.6−2 =0:40.50.4−4 =0:20.2−60−0.06 −0.04 −0.02 0 0.02 0.04x0.0600 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1z−81.5z =0:492 =0:49h(x)1u0.8R 0R 1S2w010.5 =0:48 =0:44 =0:40.60.4−2−4−6 =0:20.2−80−0.04 −0.02 0 0.02x0.0400 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1z−101.51.590z1 =0:494 =0:49 =0:48h(x)u10.5R 0R 1Sw600.5 =0:44 =0:4030 =0:2−0.500−0.02 −0.01 0 0.01x0.02−1−300 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1zFigure 4.9: Streaml<strong>in</strong>es of Stokes velocity eld (left) and velocity components u(z) andw(z) at x =0(right) for the Stokes (S) solution, the Reynolds (R 0 ) solution and therst-order perturbation (R 1 ) solution for the case =0:01 and A m =0:4, whilea 4 =0:06 (top), a 4 =0:04 (center) and a 4 =0:02 (bottom).


4.2. SINGLE LOCAL FEATURE 73same type as found <strong>in</strong> the case of a driven cavity problem, see [47]. From gure (4.10) it isclear that the amplitude <strong>in</strong>duced recirculation has a much stronger eect on the ow thanthe short wavelength <strong>in</strong>duced recirculation. Acomb<strong>in</strong>ation of both recirculation patternscan occur when =a 4 = O(1) and A m > 0:5.1.4181.42z1.51h(x) =0:28 =0:25 =0:22 =0:205 =0:15z1.31.20.50−0.06 −0.04 −0.02 0 0.02 0.04x0.061.1−0.008 −0.006 −0.004 −0.002x(a)(b)Figure 4.10: Two types of recirculation for =0:01. (a): Large amplitude <strong>in</strong>ducedrecirculation A m =0:9 and a 4 =0:06. (b): Short wavelength <strong>in</strong>duced recirculationA m =0:4 and a 4 =0:02Similar calculations have been performed for larger values of the amplitude. Theglobal tendency is the same. For large wavelengths the perturbation theory providesaccurate corrections on a global as well as on a local scale. For small wavelengths theperturbation theory breaks down locally. In contrast with the small-amplitude case nowthere is no convergence of the global pressure distribution to the Stokes solution forsmaller wavelength. F<strong>in</strong>ally, for a given the breakdown of the perturbation theory isnot only governed by =a 4 but also by A m . This is due to the fact that terms <strong>in</strong> theStokes equations multiplied by some power of are no longer O(1) if for example A m =a 4or A m =a 2 4are large, as was expla<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> section (2.2).Naturally the behavior illustrated above is also reected <strong>in</strong> global parameters of thesolution such as the R value used to measure the dierence between the Stokes solutionand the Reynolds solution. This is illustrated <strong>in</strong> table (4.3) and <strong>in</strong> gure (4.11), where theR value is obta<strong>in</strong>ed compar<strong>in</strong>g the Stokes solution, the rst-and second-order perturbationpressure for the case =0:01, A m =0:4 and dierent values of a 4 . The table shows thatfor a large wavelength the R value based on the perturbation solution is quite accurate.However, the error <strong>in</strong>creases with decreas<strong>in</strong>g wavelength, yield<strong>in</strong>g poor results when theperturbation theory breaks down. Note that for a 4 =0:02 the result is still quite good.


74 CHAPTER 4. RESULTS FOR STOKESa 4R p1R p2R S0:06 0:1028 0:0993 0:09440:04 0:2356 0:2180 0:21230:03 0:4227 0:3677 0:36260:02 0:9600 0:6848 0:71680:01 3:8751 ; 1:8746Table 4.3: R values for the SLF with =0:01 and A m =0:4: for rst-order perturbation( R p1 ), for second-order perturbation ( R p2 ) and for Stokes solution ( R S ).As was shown <strong>in</strong> gure (4.8) for this case the accuracy of the perturbation pressure isquite acceptable globally but is very poor locally. Because R is dom<strong>in</strong>ated by the globaldierence, this is only moderately reected <strong>in</strong> the value of R.Next, for a given wavelength a 4 =0:04 and =0:01 gure (4.11) shows the value ofR based on the rst-and second-order perturbation solution and the Stokes solution asa function of the amplitude A m . The results are obta<strong>in</strong>ed for = 0:01. For this case,even for large amplitudes, the value of R is predicted quite accurately by the perturbationsolution.0.30.25R0.20.150.1R SRp 1Rp 20.0500 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1AmFigure 4.11: The R values for the Stokes ( R S ) solution, the rst-order perturbation ( R p1 )solution and the second-order perturbation ( R p2 ) solution for the SLF with =0:01 anda 4 =0:04.In conclusion, <strong>in</strong> this section it has been shown that for the SLF, a perturbation theoryyields accurate corrections to the Reynolds solution as long as the ratio to wavelengthis not too large. For large values of (=a 4 ), see section (2.2), the global correction of thelevel of the pressure solution will still be reasonable, however, the predicted local pressureeld and the velocity eld are <strong>in</strong>accurate. In such cases better results may be obta<strong>in</strong>edwith a more sophisticated perturbation approach, us<strong>in</strong>g dierent expansion parameters<strong>in</strong> dierent regions, i.e. on a global scale and some A m =a 4 on a local scale.F<strong>in</strong>ally, for the present case of iso-viscous, <strong>in</strong>compressible ow, the perturbation solutionscould be obta<strong>in</strong>ed easily. It should be noted that for the more general case of a


z4.3. MULTIPLE LOCAL FEATURE 75pressure-dependent density and viscosity the entire series expansion is much more complicated.4.3 <strong>Multi</strong>ple local featureA s<strong>in</strong>gle local feature as discussed <strong>in</strong> the previous section is of course an exceptional case.In general the surface geometry will be more complex. Therefore as a next step considerthe case of a more complex feature, awav<strong>in</strong>ess of a certa<strong>in</strong> width. Such a\multiple localfeature" can also be created with equation (4.2) by tak<strong>in</strong>g a 3 larger than the wavelength.Firstly a typical example will be presented. In gure (4.12) the pressure eld and thestreaml<strong>in</strong>es are shown for the case = 0:01, A m = 0:2, a 3 = 0:05 and a 4 = 0:01. Thex-axis has been enlarged to show the feature.4p3210−11.6z1.2h(x) =0:495 =0:49 =0:46 =0:4 =0:2−2−30.8−4−4.610.40.0007813−0.04−0.03−0.02−0.01 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04x0−0.05 −0.03 −0.01 0.01 0.03x0.05(a)(b)Figure 4.12: Results of Stokes ow for the MLF. (a): Pressure eld. (b): Streaml<strong>in</strong>es.Both as function of x and z for =0:01, a 3 =0:05, a 4 =0:01 and A m =0:2.The pressure on the lower and upper surface for the Stokes and Reynolds solution areshown <strong>in</strong> gure (4.13a). The pressure tends to zero at x = ;1 and x =1. The Reynoldspressure solution is much lower than the Stokes solution as was already found for theSLF. In gure (4.13b) the u and w velocity components at x =0areshown for the Stokesand Reynolds solution as function of z. The Reynolds solution for u and w is given byequations (4.9) and (4.10), respectively. The correspondence for the pressure and velocityeld with the SLF is clear. For this conguration there are recirculations <strong>in</strong> the tops ofall ve waves. This local type of recirculation was already encountered <strong>in</strong> the SLF and isnot predicted by the Reynolds equation.In gure (4.14a) the pressure as function of x is plotted for dierent numbers of waves.It can be seen that the solutions overlap <strong>in</strong> parts of the doma<strong>in</strong>. This is also reected<strong>in</strong> gure (4.14b) where the R is shown as a function of A m for dierent numbers ofwaves. Because of the correspondence between the dierent multiple wave solutions it isnot needed to study more extensive the multiple local feature. The results for the SLF


76 CHAPTER 4. RESULTS FOR STOKES6614p42h(x)prps(x 0)ps(x h)h4u0.80.6w0−40−8−22−4−6−0.1 −0.05 0 0.05 0.1 0x0.40.2uruswrws−12−1600 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 −20z(a)(b)Figure 4.13: Results for the MLF for =0:01, a 3 =0:05, a 4 =0:01 and A m =0:2. (a):Pressure and lm thickness as function of x. (b): u and w velocity components at x =0as function of z.conta<strong>in</strong>s all relevant <strong>in</strong>formation for the Stokes ow between two parallel plates of whichone conta<strong>in</strong>s a s<strong>in</strong>usoidal feature.5p3a 3 =3a 46h32.5Ra 3 = a 4a 3 =3a 4a 3 =5a 4a 3 =5a 40 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 11a 3 = a 442−11.5−32h(x)−5−7−0.1 −0.06 −0.02 0.02 0.06 0.1 0 x(a)(b)Figure 4.14: Results for the MLF. (a): Stokes pressure solution at z = h (solid l<strong>in</strong>e) andz =0(dotted l<strong>in</strong>e) for =0:01, A m =0:2 and a 4 =0:01 and dierent a 3 . (b): The Rvalues for dierent a 3 , =0:01 and a 4 =0:01.10.50Am4.4 EHL relevant geometryThe surfaces encountered <strong>in</strong> hydrodynamic lubrication are normally not at on a globalscale. In tribology the contact<strong>in</strong>g surfaces are approximated by parabola. In this sectionthe contact is modeled by a at lower surface and a 4 th -order parabolic upper surface.The almost horizontal part of the upper surface <strong>in</strong> the middle of the contact can be seenas the result of the deformation of the upper surface which occurs <strong>in</strong> EHL contacts.


4.4. EHL RELEVANT GEOMETRY 77Aga<strong>in</strong>, <strong>in</strong> order to describe the upper boundary, equations (4.1) and (4.2) have beenused, together with the parameters <strong>in</strong> table (4.1). But now a 1 is variable and a 2 =4. Thevariables to be varied are: , a 1 , A m and a 4 . The boundary conditions are the same asfor the SLF and are shown <strong>in</strong> gure (4.1).Firstly, as an illustration, gure (4.15) shows a typical Stokes solution to the problem.Figure (4.15a) shows a pressure eld and gure (4.15b) shows the streaml<strong>in</strong>es.10001p0z0.80.6h(x) =0:06 =0:04 =0:037 =0:035 =0:03−10000.90.80.70.60.50.40.30.20.1z−1.00x1.00.40.20−1 −0.5 0 0.5 1x(a)(b)Figure 4.15: (a): Pressure eld and upper boundary h(x). (b): Streaml<strong>in</strong>es. Both asfunction of x and z for =0:1, a 1 =0:1, a 4 =0:04, A m =0:08.The pressure eld has the same global form as for the SLF, except that the pressuregradient <strong>in</strong> the z direction near x =0is small compared to the global pressure rise <strong>in</strong> xdirection. The stream l<strong>in</strong>es show that at the entrance and at the exit of the contact arecirculation occurs. Also there is a local recirculation <strong>in</strong> the top of the feature, althoughthis is not visible <strong>in</strong> gure (4.15b). Figure (4.16a) shows the pressure at the lower and atthe upper surface as a function of x. F<strong>in</strong>ally, gure (4.16b) shows the horizontal velocitycomponent u and the vertical velocity component w as a function of z at the x coord<strong>in</strong>atewhere h(x) has a local maximum (x = ;0:01). Figure (4.16a) shows that the Stokespressure is larger than the Reynolds pressure. This was also found for the SLF. TheStokes pressures at the lower surface and that at the upper surface are the same. Only<strong>in</strong> the region near the wav<strong>in</strong>ess there is a dierence. The u velocity eld <strong>in</strong> gure (4.16b)shows that there is a recirculation <strong>in</strong> the top of the wav<strong>in</strong>ess for the Stokes as well asfor the Reynolds solution. The w velocity eld is nearly zero for both solutions. For theReynolds solution this is logical, because dh=dx is zero at x = ;0:01. As has been donefor the SLF, the value of R has been calculated to quantify the dierence between theStokes and the Reynolds solution. For three situations the R value has been calculated.Firstly, for =0:1 anda 1 =0:1. Secondly, for =0:01 and a 1 =0:1. F<strong>in</strong>ally, for =0:1and a 1 = 0:01. The results are shown <strong>in</strong> gure (4.17). In gures (4.17a), (4.17b) and(4.17c) the R is plotted as function of amplitude A m for dierent values of the wavelengtha 4 . It is shown that with decreas<strong>in</strong>g wavelength (a 4 ) the accuracy of the Reynolds solutiondecreases, as was already found for the SLF. However, <strong>in</strong> contrast to the SLF results, the


78 CHAPTER 4. RESULTS FOR STOKES1000p600200−200−600h(x)preyps(x 0)ps(x h)0.2−1000−1400−1 −0.5 0 0.5 1 0 x1h0.80.60.40.9u0.70.50.30.1usurwswr0.002−0.002−0.004−0.10 0.06 0.12 0.18 −0.006z(a)(b)Figure 4.16: (a): Pressure as function of x for z =0and z = h(x). (b): u and w velocitycomponents at x =0. Subscript <strong>in</strong>dicates the Reynolds (r) or the Stokes (s) solution.0w0.70.70.70.6R0.50.4a 4 =0:006a 4 =0:01a 4 =0:014a 4 =0:018a 4 =0:040.6R0.50.4a 4 =0:0006a 4 =0:001a 4 =0:0014a 4 =0:0018a 4 =0:0040.6R0.50.4a 4 =0:0006a 4 =0:001a 4 =0:0014a 4 =0:0018a 4 =0:0040.30.30.30.20.20.20.10.10.100 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1Am00.004 0.006 0.008 0.01Am00.04 0.06 0.08 0.1Am(a)(b)(c)Figure 4.17: The R value as function of A m for dierent a 4 . (a): =0:1 and a 1 =0:1.(b): =0:1 and a 1 =0:01. (c): =0:01 and a 1 =0:1.amplitude of the feature has a stronger eect. Only for large amplitudes there will be abig dierence between the Stokes and Reynolds solution.Note that for the cases shown <strong>in</strong> gure (4.17) the wavelengths are chosen such thatthe factor a 1 =a 4 is the same. It is clear that the gures give more or less the same result.Only the rst case, = 0:1 and a 1 = 0:01, is a little bit dierent because here is stillbig and there might be some <strong>in</strong>teraction between the <strong>in</strong>ow/outow boundaries and thewav<strong>in</strong>ess.Where does the ratio =a 4 orig<strong>in</strong>ate from? It was found <strong>in</strong> chapter (2) that dh and dxhigher derivatives are important and can destroy the eect of a small <strong>in</strong> a series expansion.However, the value dh ; 2Amdx x=0 a 4 Ama 4can not predict if the solutions of theReynolds equation are valid. Firstly, the parabolic shape <strong>in</strong> gure (4.17) excludes thisparameter because the same R value co<strong>in</strong>cides with dierent Ama 4. Secondly, if only po<strong>in</strong>tsbefore the maximum value are considered <strong>in</strong> gure (4.17), e.g. the po<strong>in</strong>ts A m = 0:008,a 4 = 0:0006, R = 0:2114 and Am = 0:0088, a 4 = 0:0014, R = 0:2115 withA ma4= 13:33and Ama 4= 6:29, respectively, it is clear that the same R value co<strong>in</strong>cides with dierentA ma4. A better parameter seems to be the maximum value of dh ; 2a 1bymaxdxa 4 a 1a 4


4.4. EHL RELEVANT GEOMETRY 79tak<strong>in</strong>g A m ! a 1 . In physical parameters it follows that a 1a 4= Ha 1La 4= H loc. So, to havemore than ten percent deviation between the Stokes and the Reynolds solution accord<strong>in</strong>gHto R, loc> 0:25 must hold. The amplitude of the feature is still unbounded. For as<strong>in</strong>gle local feature the maximum <strong>in</strong> R is reached for small amplitudes. For EHL relevantgeometries an amplitude close to the local lm thickness is needed to reach a maximum.The parameter H locconrms the expectations of [25].4.4.1 Perturbation EHL relevant geometryThe same perturbation analysis, that was used <strong>in</strong> section (4.2.1) for the SLF, will be usedhere. In gure (4.18) some results are shown, for the case = 0:1, a 1 = 0:1, A m = 0:08and two wavelengths a 4 =0:04 0:018.1200p1100h(x)Preyp 1 (x z =0)p 2 (x z =0)ps(x z =0)1h0.81200p1100h(x)Preyp 1 (x z = h(x))p 2 (x z = h(x))ps(x z = h(x))1h0.80.60.6100010000.40.49000.2800−0.08 −0.06 −0.04 −0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0 x9000.2800−0.08 −0.06 −0.04 −0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0 x1200112001p1000h(x)Preyp 1 (x z =0)p 2 (x z =0)ps(x z =0)h0.8p1000h(x)Preyp 1 (x z = h(x))p 2 (x z = h(x))ps(x z = h(x))h0.88000.68000.66000.46000.44000.2200−0.04 −0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0 x4000.2200−0.04 −0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0 xFigure 4.18: Pressure at the surface z =0(left) and z = h(x) (right) for the Reynoldssolution (p rey ), the Stokes solution (p s ) and a rst-(p 1 ) and second-order (p 2 )perturbation solution for the case a 4 =0:04 (top) and a 4 =0:018 (bottom) while for bothcases =0:1, a 1 =0:1 and A m =0:08.The gures show the pressure at the surface z = 0 and z = h(x) as obta<strong>in</strong>ed fromthe Reynolds equation, the Stokes solution, and the rst-and second-order perturbation


80 CHAPTER 4. RESULTS FOR STOKESsolution. As the global features of the solution have been discussed <strong>in</strong> detail <strong>in</strong> theprevious section, here only the solution <strong>in</strong> the region around the feature is shown. Firstconsider the case a 4 = 0:04. The rst-order perturbation solution is already a greatimprovement on the Reynolds solution. The second-order perturbation result is an evenmore accurate approximation to the Stokes solution. Clearly the perturbation <strong>in</strong> for thiscase converges. With decreas<strong>in</strong>g wavelength the accuracy of the perturbed solutions isexpected to decrease. This can be seen from the results shown for a smaller wavelength.For a 4 =0:018 the perturbation solution does not converge on a local scale, <strong>in</strong> the regionof the feature, but also not on a global scale. With <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g perturbation order, theseries expansion diverges more and more from the Stokes solution and the parameter is not an adequate perturbation parameter anymore. It is observed that <strong>in</strong> both cases(a 4 =0:04 0:018) the Stokes pressure is higher than the Reynolds pressure as was foundfor the SLF.0.211z0.15h(x) =0:0365uR 0R 1Sw =0:0370.60 =0:03750.1 =0:0350.2−10.05 =0:03 =0:020−0.04 −0.02 0 0.02x0.04−0.20 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 −2z0.2220z0.15h(x) =0:0413 =0:04123 =0:04125u10w100.1−10 =0:040.05 =0:03 =0:02−2−3R 0R 1S−100−0.02 −0.01 0 0.01x0.02−40 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 −20zFigure 4.19: Streaml<strong>in</strong>es of velocity eld (left) and velocity u(z) and w(z) at x =0(right) for the Stokes (S) solution, the Reynolds (R 0 ) solution and the rst orderperturbation (R 1 ) solution for the case a 4 =0:04 (top) and a 4 =0:018 (bottom) and forboth cases =0:1, a 1 =0:1 and A m =0:08.For the same cases gure (4.19) shows some velocity results. The left gures show the


4.4. EHL RELEVANT GEOMETRY 81ow-eld accord<strong>in</strong>g to the Stokes solutions. The gures on the right show the velocitiesu and w as a function of z at the location x = 0. These gures show the velocitycomponents accord<strong>in</strong>g to the Reynolds solution, the Stokes solution, and a rst-orderperturbation result. The rst-order perturbation results for a 4 = 0:04 for the u and wvelocity components at x = 0 are improvements on the Reynolds solution but too large, ascan be seen <strong>in</strong> gure (4.19). Both solutions predict a recirculation <strong>in</strong> the top of the wave.The Reynolds solution predicts a smaller recirculation and the rst-order perturbationa larger recirculation, compared to the Stokes solution. For a 4 = 0:018 the rst-orderperturbation correction is much too large, compared to the Stokes solution. A visual<strong>in</strong>spection of the ow eld of the rst-order perturbation shows that it is not realisticanymore. Besides a large recirculation <strong>in</strong> the top of the wave, for large ratios a 1 =a 4 ,<strong>in</strong> this case for a 4 0:018, another recirculation appears on top of the rst one. Thissecondary recirculation, already reported <strong>in</strong> the section (4.1.1), can neither be predictedby the Reynolds equation nor by a perturbation analysis <strong>in</strong> . They are rather smallcompared to the large recirculation.That the global pressure correction to the Reynolds solution, given by the perturbationanalysis, is correct is also illustrated by the calculation of the R values. For = 0:1,a 1 = 0:1 and a 4 = 0:04 the R values as function of the amplitude have been plotted<strong>in</strong> gure (4.20). For three solutions R is shown <strong>in</strong> this gure. For: the rst-order andsecond-order perturbation solutions and for the Stokes solution. It can be seen that ahigher-order series expansion results <strong>in</strong> a better prediction of the R. These k<strong>in</strong>ds ofcalculations were not repeated for smaller wavelengths because of the lack ofconvergence.So, <strong>in</strong> contrast to the SLF where up to 20 percent deviation between the Stokes solutionand the Reynolds equation could be predicted by the perturbation analysis, a maximumof roughly 10 percent applies.0.10.08RRsR 1R 20.060.040.0200 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1AmFigure 4.20: The R value when =0:1, a 1 =0:1 and a 4 =0:04 <strong>in</strong> the case of theStokes( R s ) solution and <strong>in</strong> the case of rst( R 1 ) and second( R 2 ) order perturbationanalyze.


82 CHAPTER 4. RESULTS FOR STOKES4.5 ConclusionWith respect to the Stokes model, used to describe the ow <strong>in</strong> a narrow contact geometrythe follow<strong>in</strong>g conclusions can be drawn. For a s<strong>in</strong>gle s<strong>in</strong>usoidal feature <strong>in</strong> a nom<strong>in</strong>ally uniform lm the ratio H= determ<strong>in</strong>esthe dierence between the Stokes and the Reynolds solution. If this ratio is O(1),dierences greater than ten percent, e.g. <strong>in</strong> the predicted eect on the lift force, canbe expected. The results from the s<strong>in</strong>gle wave also hold for the multiple wave situation. For moderate wavelengths of the local feature the developed perturbation theorycan predict the Stokes solution very well. In the case of a more realistic contact surface, a paraboloid with a s<strong>in</strong>gle local featuresuperimposed on it, the ratio H loc = determ<strong>in</strong>es the dierence between the Stokesand the Reynolds solution, where, H loc is the lm-thickness at the location of thefeature. If this ratio is O(1) and the amplitude of the feature is close to the lmthickness(H loc ), dierences greater than ten percent occur. Also here, for moderatewavelength and amplitude of the local feature the developed perturbation theorycan predict the Stokes solution very well.


Chapter 5Compressibility and piezo-viscouseectsIn the previous chapter the dierences between the solution of the Stokes equations andthat of the Reynolds equation were studied as a function of the ratio = H=L andcharacteristics of the surface geometry such as wavelength and amplitude.The limitation to the validity of the Reynolds equation related to the contact geometryis well known and quantify<strong>in</strong>g it was the ma<strong>in</strong> objective ofthework, presented <strong>in</strong> Chapter(4). To really isolate the eects of geometry, the lubricant was assumed to be <strong>in</strong>compressibleand iso-viscous. Also \cavitation" was ignored and the load carry<strong>in</strong>g capacity wascomputed us<strong>in</strong>g a Sommerfeld assumption. In this chapter the eects of compressibility,cavitation and piezo-viscosity arestudied.Compressibility and cavitation are related, see chapter (2). It was shown that thelimitation of the pressure to the vapor pressure could be implemented via a specic densitypressure relation. Some results obta<strong>in</strong>ed with this algorithm are presented here.However, compressibility is also important for another reason. Much less known thanthe geometric limitation to the validity of the Reynolds equation is its limited validity<strong>in</strong> relation to pressure-dependent density and viscosity. These eects are of particularimportance for the elds of gas lubrication and EHL.5.1 Compressibility: Gas lubricationShortly after the discovery of the mechanism of hydrodynamic lubrication by Reynolds thepossibility to use gas, or, more precisely, air, as a lubricantwas explored [52]. One obviousadvantage of air lubrication is that it is nearly always available. Alternatively, <strong>in</strong> the caseof compressors or equipmentwork<strong>in</strong>g with gases one mightwell use the processed gas itselffor lubrication. Some other potential advantages of lubrication with gas are the extremelylow friction that can be achieved due to the low viscosity and the correspond<strong>in</strong>g very lowfrictional heat<strong>in</strong>g. However, these advantages did not outweigh the disadvantages: Most gases have no boundary lubrication properties. Thus, when the surfaces touchdur<strong>in</strong>g start up, runn<strong>in</strong>g out or, <strong>in</strong>cidentally, e.g. due to vibrations, damage of the83


84 CHAPTER 5. COMPRESSIBILITY AND PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTSsurface may occur very easily lead<strong>in</strong>g to complete failure. Protection aga<strong>in</strong>st thesesituations requires a \back-up" lubrication mechanism. The load capacity that can be generated by aerodynamic lubrication alone is oftennot sucient for practical situations. Aero-static \help" with externally suppliedpressure can partly solve this problem.As a result, gas lubrication rema<strong>in</strong>ed a small eld for a long time. Only after the secondWorld War the rst real practical applications were developed. Relevant references are[21], [29] and [17].The past decade has seen a renewed <strong>in</strong>terest <strong>in</strong> gas lubrication. In particular, applications<strong>in</strong> the computer <strong>in</strong>dustry have stimulated this <strong>in</strong>terest, e.g. hard disk sliders andthe head-tape <strong>in</strong>terface. Many publications have appeared <strong>in</strong> which the lubrication ofthese problems <strong>in</strong> relation with geometry (of the slider) have been studied numerically.In all these cases the Reynolds equation is used to describe the ow. In some cases it iscorrected for special eects occurr<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> very th<strong>in</strong> lms (Knudsen eect) but the validityof the equation itself has rarely been questioned. This forms the topic of the presentsection.As a model problem the ow below a step geometry is taken. The problem is illustrated<strong>in</strong> gure (5.1). This problem can be seen as a section taken from a \grooved" bear<strong>in</strong>g.The lower surface moves with a certa<strong>in</strong> velocity and of particular <strong>in</strong>terest is the generatedload bear<strong>in</strong>g capacity <strong>in</strong> relation to this speed and the step geometry. The gas is assumedto obey the ideal gas law, see equation (2.67). The uid motion can be described by theReynolds equation (2.68) or by the Stokes equations <strong>in</strong> the form (2.8), (2.9) and (2.10).In both cases the factor of proportionality between the density and the pressure can bedivided out of the uid motion equations. The dimensionless viscosity is held xed tounity. The geometry of the \step" is dened by:h(x) =1;For the Stokes solution the grid is generated by:a 1(1 + e ;a 2(a 3 ;x))(1 + e ;a 2(a 3 +x)) : (5.1)z = 2 h(x( 1 )) ( 1 2 ) 2 ([0 1] [0 1]) (5.2)where x( 1 ) is dened by equation (3.68). The boundary conditions are also given <strong>in</strong>gure (5.1). The parameter of <strong>in</strong>terest is the lift force. For the Stokes case this force hastwo components, see section (2.4). Substitution of =1(iso-viscous) and @u =0<strong>in</strong>@x z=0equation (2.79) givesF p =Z 1;1p(x z =0)dx and F w = ; 4 3 Z 1;1@w@zz=0dx : (5.3)In this study (= 0:005), a 1 (= 0:5) and a 3 (= 0:05) will be xed as we have alreadystudied the geometrical limitations of the validity of the Reynolds equation. Here wewish to focus on the compressibility aspects only. The relevant <strong>in</strong>put parameters are ,the surface velocity u 1 and a 2 . The parameter a 2 is proportional to the slope of the step


5.1. COMPRESSIBILITY: GAS LUBRICATION 851u =0w =02a 3p =1w =0z1 ; a 1dpdx =0w =0u = u 1 w =0x0−1 0 1Figure 5.1: Geometry and boundary conditions for S<strong>in</strong>gle Local Feature <strong>in</strong> the case of gaslubrication.because dh a 1a 2if adx x=a3 4 2 a 3 1. The solutions will be compared with the solutions ofthe Reynolds equation. For this case the Reynolds equation is given by:and the predicted lift force by:ddx";ph 3 dpdx + 6u 1 ph #=0 (5.4)F rey =Z 1;1p(x)dx (5.5)From equation (5.4) it can be seen that the Reynolds solution is determ<strong>in</strong>ed by theparameter u 1 =. This is the equivalent of the usual bear<strong>in</strong>g number n = 6u 1<strong>in</strong> terms ofthe non-dimensional variables used here.In the <strong>in</strong>troduction it was mentioned that gas bear<strong>in</strong>gs generally have a limited maximumload capacity. For the present problem the Reynolds solution has a high-speed limitthat can be calculated from equation (5.4). Integrat<strong>in</strong>g with respect to x and tak<strong>in</strong>g thelimit u 1! 0 gives:6ph = c 1 (5.6)where the <strong>in</strong>tegration constant c 1 follows from the pressure boundary condition 6p(x =;1)h(x = ;1) = 6 = c 1 . In the high-speed limit the lift force can be calculated accord<strong>in</strong>gto:Z 1F 1 1rey = dx :;1 h(5.7)So, for a given geometry this limit can be computed easily. If a 3 ! 1, represent<strong>in</strong>gexactly a step, the <strong>in</strong>tegral can be evaluated: Frey 1 = 2:1. The shape of the pressureprole is given by p =1=h.Figures (5.2) and (5.3) show a typical solution to the problem for a 2 = 1343 andu 1 =0:05. Figure (5.2) also shows the pressure prole and the streaml<strong>in</strong>es of the Stokessolution. The streaml<strong>in</strong>e picture shows a small recirculation zone <strong>in</strong> front of the step.This recirculation is also present <strong>in</strong> the Reynolds solution. In gure (5.3a) the velocity asfunction of z is shown for x = ;0:1. The Reynolds and the Stokes solution are more or less


86 CHAPTER 5. COMPRESSIBILITY AND PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTSthe same. Also shown <strong>in</strong> gure (5.3) is the pressure as a function of x at the surface z =0and z = h and also the Reynolds solution. For this case the two solutions obviously diervery little. The solution shows everyth<strong>in</strong>g that were to be expected: a \block-shaped"pressure distribution along the restriction with a \boundary layer" <strong>in</strong> front andafter therestriction <strong>in</strong> which it builds up and drops down to unity, respectively. Based on theReynolds solution one would now expect the width of this boundary layer to decreasewith <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g speed.21p1z0.80.6h(x) =0:025 =0:024 =0:022 =0:02 =0:010.4z0.40.90.80.70.60.50.40.30.20.10−0.50x0.50.20−0.15 −0.05 0.05x0.15(a)(b)Figure 5.2: Stokes solution. (a): Pressure eld. (b): Streaml<strong>in</strong>es. Both as function of xand z for =0:005, u 1 =0:05 and a 2 = 1343.0.06 0.062uusw0.04 ws 0.04urwrp2h(x)prps(x 0)ps(x h)h1.50.02 0.021.610 0−0.02 −0.02−0.04 −0.040 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1z1.20.50.8−1 −0.5 0 0.5 1 0 x(a)(b)Figure 5.3: (a): u and w velocity components at x = ;0:1. (b): Pressure as function ofx for z =0and z = h(x). Subscript <strong>in</strong>dicates if it is a Reynolds (r) or a Stokes (s)solution. =0:005, u 1 =0:05 and a 2 =1343.Figure (5.4) shows the computed pressure proles at z = 0 and z = h as a functionof u 1 for the Reynolds and the Stokes solution to the problem. Clearly the Reynoldssolution exhibits the aforementioned behavior, however, the Stokes solution does not. At


5.1. COMPRESSIBILITY: GAS LUBRICATION 87rst, with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g u 1 the block shape <strong>in</strong>deed appears, and the pressure proles at z =0and z = h dier little. However, with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g u 1 the pressure prole moves away fromthe block shape and at the same time the prole at z = 0 and that at z = h starts todier. For z = 0 the high pressure at the restriction, followed by a low pressure <strong>in</strong> itswake, is replaced by a gradual <strong>in</strong>crease along the restriction and a gradual decrease <strong>in</strong> itswake. At the surface z = h the pressure prole tends to exhibit a narrow peak at thelead<strong>in</strong>g edge of the restriction and also here along the restriction it is not constant butshows a gradual decrease. In the wake of the restriction (x > 0:05) a zone of very lowpressure is formed (nearly vacuum). The length of this zone <strong>in</strong>creases with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g u 1 .2.5 2.5ph(x)u 1 =0:01h2u 1 =0:05u 1 =0:252u 1 =1:0u 1 =5:01.5 u 1 =25:0 1.5u 1 = 100:01 13.5ph(x)u 1 =0:01u 1 =0:05u 1 =0:253.5h2.5u 1 =1:0u 1 =5:02.5u 1 =25:0u 1 = 100:01.5 1.50.5 0.50.5 0.50 0−0.4 −0.2 0 0.2 0.4x−0.5 −0.5−0.2 −0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3x(a)(b)Figure 5.4: Pressure as function of x for =0:005, a 2 =1343and dierent u 1 for theStokes (drawn l<strong>in</strong>es) and Reynolds (dashed l<strong>in</strong>es) solutions to the gas bear<strong>in</strong>g problem.(a): Pressure at z =0. (b): Pressure at z = h.Table (5.1) shows the computed load capacity of the conguration as a function of u 1for the Stokes and Reynolds solution. The computed lift forces for the two solutions dierlittle and, quite remarkably, <strong>in</strong> spite of the fact that the Stokes solution to the pressuredoes not seem to have a high-speed limit, the lift force does. Moreover, its limit<strong>in</strong>g valueis the same as the one predicted by the Reynolds model.The eect of the slope of the side wall of the step is the next topic of <strong>in</strong>vestigation.This slope is determ<strong>in</strong>ed by a 2 . The angle between the side of the step and a horizontall<strong>in</strong>e <strong>in</strong> the physical world is determ<strong>in</strong>ed by:tan() = dhdx a 1a 2 (5.8)x=a34for a 2 a 3 1. Three situations have been calculated: a 2 = 582 ( =20 o ), a 2 = 1343 ( =40 o ) and a 2 =2771( =60 o ). The results for the pressure proles for u 1 =25:0 are shown<strong>in</strong> gure (5.5). The pressure on the lower surface is not much aected by achange <strong>in</strong> a 2 .The width of the pressure peak on the upper surface <strong>in</strong> front of the step decreases with<strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g a 2 and the length of the almost vacuum region beh<strong>in</strong>d the step also decreases


88 CHAPTER 5. COMPRESSIBILITY AND PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTSStokesReynoldsu 1 n F p F w F p + F w F rey0.01 12.0 2.1947 0 2.1947 2.18020.05 60.0 2.1245 0 2.1245 2.11570.25 300.0 2.1101 0 2.1101 2.10151.0 1200.0 2.1084 0 2.1084 2.09945.0 6000.0 2.1081 0.0003 2.1084 2.099125.0 30000.0 2.1072 0.0010 2.1082 2.0990100.0 120000.0 2.0892 0.0102 2.0994 2.0990Table 5.1: Computed lift force (load capacity) for gas lubrication problem for Reynoldssolution (F rey ) Stokes solution (F p F w ) as a function of the bear<strong>in</strong>g number n . TheReynolds limit for <strong>in</strong>nite n is F 1 rey =2:1.2 h(x)2preypps(a 2 = 582)hps(a 2 = 1343)ps(a1.6 2 = 2771)1.61.2 1.23.8 3.8ph(x)h3 prey3ps(a 2 = 582)ps(a 2 =1343)ps(a 2 =2771)2.2 2.21.4 1.40.8 0.80.6 0.60.4 0.4−0.1 0 0.1 x 0.2−0.2 −0.2−0.1 0 0.1 0.2x(a)(b)Figure 5.5: Pressure as function of x for =0:005, u 1 =25:0 and dierent a 2 for theStokes (p s ) and Reynolds (p rey ) solutions to the gas bear<strong>in</strong>g problem. (a): Pressure atz =0. (b): Pressure at z = h.with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g a 2 . The height of the pressure peak on the upper surface <strong>in</strong> front of thestep <strong>in</strong>creases with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g a 2 .So, if one xes the lower surface speed and steepens the side walls, the pressure alongthe upper surface will resemble the high speed limit p = 1 with a pressure peak beforehthe step and a pressure dip beh<strong>in</strong>d the step. The lower surface pressure will be hardlyaected by a change <strong>in</strong> a 2 but it is totally dierent from the high-speed limit for theReynolds pressure.F<strong>in</strong>ally, table (5.2) gives the computed lift force accord<strong>in</strong>g to the Stokes and Reynoldssolution for dierent a 2 and u 1 = 0:01 and u 1 = 25:0, respectively. The table showsthat, aga<strong>in</strong>, the lift capacity computed, with the Stokes solver, diers little from the valuepredicted by application of the Reynolds equation.


5.1. COMPRESSIBILITY: GAS LUBRICATION 89StokesReynolds n a 2 F p F w F p + F w F rey12.0 582 2.1894 0 2.1894 2.175512.0 1343 2.1947 0 2.1947 2.180212.0 2771 2.1970 0 2.1970 2.182530000.0 582 2.1046 0.0005 2.1051 2.097630000.0 1343 2.1072 0.0010 2.1082 2.099030000.0 2771 2.1090 0.0013 2.1103 2.0996Table 5.2: Computed lift force (load capacity) for gas lubrication problem for Reynoldssolution (F rey ) Stokes solution (F p F w ) as a function of the step parameter a 2 . TheReynolds limit for <strong>in</strong>nite n is F 1 rey =2:1.In summary, comparison of the Reynolds and Stokes solutions for the gas lubricatedstep geometry has shown that: On the lower surface the pressure as a function of x diers from the Reynoldssolution for large u 1 , nevertheless the same lift force is created. The steepness of the step <strong>in</strong>uences the extend of the region where a pressurepeak/dip occurs. This peak/dip is not predicted by the Reynolds equation.So it is concluded that <strong>in</strong> order to predict the lift force one can generally use the Reynoldsequation, but the predicted pressure proles should be handled with care. n 1= MG12 19.560 28.0300 52.61200 63.56000 84.630000 120.0120000 256.0Table 5.3: Average error reduction factor per V(2,2) cycle of the Stokes solver as afunction of n for =0:005 and a 2 = 1343.To conclude this section, some details are given regard<strong>in</strong>g the numerical performanceof the algorithm for the solution of the Stokes equations. The above solutions were allobta<strong>in</strong>ed us<strong>in</strong>g a FMG algorithm with 5 V(2,2) cycles per level. The nest grid conta<strong>in</strong>ed256256 cells. The discretization of the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation was done with the rst orderupstream scheme presented <strong>in</strong> section (3.4.1). In the l<strong>in</strong>e relaxation process the l<strong>in</strong>e searchalgorithm was not needed. The numerical solver exhibited excellent performance. In fact,with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g u 1 the performance even improved. This is illustrated <strong>in</strong> table (5.1). Thish rtable gives the average error reduction per cycle dened as: MG = p (N c=5)i 1r p (N c=1)4.


90 CHAPTER 5. COMPRESSIBILITY AND PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTSFor large u 1 the MG cycle tends to be an exact solver. This is due to the strongdownstream dependence <strong>in</strong> the problem and the use of an upstream discretization.As a rst-order discretization was used, it is important to check whether observedtendencies <strong>in</strong> the solution are perhaps a result of articial \viscosity". This applies <strong>in</strong>particular to the solutions for high u 1 . Therefore convergence of the solution with decreas<strong>in</strong>gmesh size was checked. Some results are shown <strong>in</strong> gure (5.6). This gure shows thepressure as a function of x at z =0of the Stokes solution for grids with 64 128 256 512cells. Also shown is a plot of the contour l<strong>in</strong>es of the pressure. The gure shows thatwith decreas<strong>in</strong>g mesh size the solution converges, although this process for the pressurecontours is quite slow, as could be expected from the use of a rst order scheme. However,clearly the computed pressure prole is accurate and as a result the dierences between theStokes solution and the Reynolds solution, observed for high u 1 , are not due to artefactsresult<strong>in</strong>g from the discretization.11.6p1.6hz0.8h(x)N =64N = 128N = 256N = 512p =0:51.21.20.6h(x)0.4p =1:00.8N =64N = 128N = 256N = 5120.80.2p =2:00.40.4−0.10 0.1 0.2x0−0.1 0 0.1x0.2(a)(b)Figure 5.6: (a): Pressure as a function of x at z =0for the Stokes solution on dierentgrids. (b): Also shown the contour plot of the pressure for the Stokes solution ondierent grids. =0:005, u 1 =25:0 and a 2 = 1343.5.2 Compressibility: CavitationIf the lubricant is a liquid and the pressure drops below thevapor pressure it will cavitate.For most lubricated contacts this phenomenon will occur <strong>in</strong> regions where the gap widens,most notably <strong>in</strong> the exit region of the contact.To account for this behavior <strong>in</strong> simulations, an extension of the Stokes model or theReynolds model is needed. In their standard form both models allow an unlimited pressuredrop, and if p = 0 at the boundaries they will predict signicant negative pressures <strong>in</strong>widen<strong>in</strong>g regions. In these cases the computed lift force will be wrong. For example, thecomputed pressure prole below a parabolic surface with p = 0 at the boundaries willbe anti-symmetric and thus have zero predicted net lift force. However, <strong>in</strong> reality thenegative pressures will be limited to the vapor pressure. As the dierence between the


5.2. COMPRESSIBILITY: CAVITATION 91vapor pressure and the atmospheric pressure is small compared to the pressure generated<strong>in</strong> the gap, it is justied to take both to be zero and compute the lift force us<strong>in</strong>g onlythe positive part of the pressure eld. This \Sommerfeld" approach was used to obta<strong>in</strong>the results presented <strong>in</strong> chapter (4) as can be seen from the denition of the lift forcedierence R.However, the most accurate way is to extend the model such that pressures lowerthan the vapor pressure will not occur. For models based on the Reynolds equation thisis commonly done by impos<strong>in</strong>g the separate condition p > p v ( <strong>in</strong> practice p > 0) andthen solve a complementarity problem. For the Stokes equations this approach is notsuited because, if <strong>in</strong> the region where p p v the Stokes equations are replaced by forexample p = p v and u =0,w = 0, the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation does not hold on the cavitationboundary. In section (2.3.3) atwo-phase model was proposed, to overcome this problem.It was shown that this two-phase model could be used <strong>in</strong> both the Reynolds and theStokes model. In chapter (2) it has already been validated that when implemented <strong>in</strong>a Reynolds model this approach gives similar results to those obta<strong>in</strong>ed with the usualcomplementarity approach. In this section results obta<strong>in</strong>ed with the Stokes model will bepresented.Firstly, toshow some typical behavior of the cavitation model, the problem of the owbelow a parabolic surface is studied (rigid, iso-viscous limit of EHL). Secondly, the ow<strong>in</strong> a uniform lm with a s<strong>in</strong>gle local feature is revisited. For this problem the dierencesbetween the Reynolds and Stokes solution were <strong>in</strong>vestigated <strong>in</strong> detail us<strong>in</strong>g the quantityR. The objective hereistoverify that R, computed us<strong>in</strong>g Stokes solutions obta<strong>in</strong>ed withthe cavitation model, behaves <strong>in</strong> the same way as Stokes solutions obta<strong>in</strong>ed without thecavitation model.5.2.1 Parabolic gapEquations (2.8), (2.9) and (2.10) or <strong>in</strong> the transformed form (2.28), (2.29) and (2.30) areused to describe the ow underneath a parabola. The geometry of the parabola is denedby equation (4.1) where a 1 = 0:2, a 2 = 2 and A m = 0. The viscosity is assumed to beconstant. The density is assumed to depend on the pressure accord<strong>in</strong>g to (2.71). Thecoord<strong>in</strong>ate transformation from the physical doma<strong>in</strong> to the computational doma<strong>in</strong> is givenby equation (5.2) where x( 1 )=2 1 ; 1. So, to generate the grid, there is no renement<strong>in</strong> the x-direction. The boundary conditions are p = 0w = 0 at the <strong>in</strong>let and at theoutlet. The problem was solved us<strong>in</strong>g an FMG algorithm with 5 W(2,2) cycles per gridlevel. The solutions presented were obta<strong>in</strong>ed us<strong>in</strong>g 6 levels with a coarsest grid consist<strong>in</strong>gof 8 8 cells. Some details regard<strong>in</strong>g performance and convergence of the solver for thisproblem will be given at the end of this section.With respect to the solution itself the eect of the parameter of the cavitation modelwill be <strong>in</strong>vestigated. As a rem<strong>in</strong>der: represents the slope <strong>in</strong> the density-pressure relationaround the vapor pressure po<strong>in</strong>t. A larger implies a steeper slope and will aect thesolution <strong>in</strong> and near the cavitation region. Results will be presented for 0:1 400.In gures (5.7), (5.8) and (5.9) atypical solution is shown for =0:01, p v = ;300:0 and =0:1. Figure (5.7) shows the pressure and density prole as a function of x and z. Itis observed that the density suddenly <strong>in</strong>creases to unity at x 0:6. Such a rapid change


92 CHAPTER 5. COMPRESSIBILITY AND PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTS731.210.90.8p0.700.6z−3000.90.80.70.60.50.40.30.20.1−1.00x1.00.50.90.80.70.60.50.40.30.20.1(a)(b)Figure 5.7: (a): Pressure prole. (b): Density prole. Both as function of x and z for =0:01, =0:1, p v = ;300:0.z−1.00x1.0is also observed <strong>in</strong> the streaml<strong>in</strong>e picture (5.8a). The u- and w-velocity proles for theStokes and the Reynolds solution as function of z at x =0:5 are almost exactly the same.Figure (5.9a) shows for the same case the pressure at z = 0 computed us<strong>in</strong>g theReynolds model and the Stokes model, respectively. If cavitation had not been accountedfor, the solution would have been anti-symmetric. Clearly now the pressure m<strong>in</strong>imum islimited to the vapor pressure. Note that the width of the cavitated region will depend onthe value of the vapor pressure. For this case where p v is taken signicantly lower thanthe boundary pressure one observes a pressure drop reach<strong>in</strong>g the vapor pressure at aboutx =0:2 and a return to the liquid pressure at about x =0:6. For the value =0:01 takenhere, the Reynolds and Stokes solutions dier very little. Therefore only the pressure atthe lower surface is shown. Figure (5.9b) also shows an enlargement of the pressure prole<strong>in</strong> the cavitated region together with the density. This gure once aga<strong>in</strong> shows very littledierence between the Reynolds and Stokes results, which implies that the pressure and,thus, the density will vary little as a function of z.Figure (5.10) and (5.11) show the contour plots of the density us<strong>in</strong>g =0:1 50 100and 400, respectively. Compar<strong>in</strong>g the results for =50 100 and 400 with the result for =0:1 shows that the width of the cavitated region is not changed. However, the isocontourof the density <strong>in</strong> this region are no longer straight l<strong>in</strong>es. This implies that p variesas a function of z and that <strong>in</strong> this region the Reynolds and the Stokes solutions dier.In particular, with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g a region of very low density develops close to the uppersurface. As <strong>in</strong> this region the density equals the vapor density, this can be <strong>in</strong>terpreted asa \bubble". The development of such a fully vaporized region or \bubble" for <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g is also illustrated <strong>in</strong> gure (5.12) where is plotted as a function of z at x = 0:5 fordierent . Note that as a function of z the transition from the fully-vaporized regionto the region with > 0:01 at x = 0:5 is gradual. Furthermore, it can be seen <strong>in</strong> gure(5.12) that for <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g the density near z = 0 approaches unity. It is mentionedthat, physically, one would also expect this to happen near the lower surface as for the


5.2. COMPRESSIBILITY: CAVITATION 931z0.80.6h(x) =0:16 =0:14 =0:12 =0:1 =0:06 =0:021 1uuswws0.8 ur0.8wr0.6 0.60.40.4 0.40.20.2 0.20−1 −0.5 0 0.5 1x0 00 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4z(a)(b)Figure 5.8: (a): Streaml<strong>in</strong>es as function of x and z. (b): u and w velocity components atx =0:5. Subscript <strong>in</strong>dicates if it is a Reynolds (r) or a Stokes (s) solution. =0:01, =0:1, p v = ;300:0present case the lower surface supplies the lubricant.An <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g question is if this formation of a fully-vaporized region is related to thepressure solution by some parameter. One can calculate the dierence ~p = p(x z =h(x)) ; p(x z =0),at the po<strong>in</strong>t where p reaches a m<strong>in</strong>imum <strong>in</strong> the non-cavitat<strong>in</strong>g case.It was found that if ~p >2 and the m<strong>in</strong>imum pressure <strong>in</strong> the non-cavitat<strong>in</strong>g case islower than p v , a fully-vaporized region occurs.For the solutions shown <strong>in</strong> gures (5.10) and (5.11), even though the solution <strong>in</strong>sidethe cavitated region changes, the boundaries of this region rema<strong>in</strong> straight. This canbe ascribed to the small value of . For a larger value of these l<strong>in</strong>es will no longer bestraight. This is illustrated <strong>in</strong> gure (5.13a) which shows a result obta<strong>in</strong>ed for = 0:5,p v = ;8:0 and =10:0. In gure (5.13b) it is shown that the density approaches unityon the lower surface but now for =10:0.How do the values for used here relate to physically relevant values? For a m<strong>in</strong>eraloil at standard conditions ow<strong>in</strong>g through a hydrodynamically lubricated contact thefollow<strong>in</strong>g values can be estimated: o = 100:0 10 ;3 [kg/ms] l = 1000:0 [kg/m 3 ] v = 1:0 [kg/m 3 ]a v = 500:0 [m/s]H = 0:1 10 ;6 [m]u 0 = 1:0 [m/s](5.9)With these values the value of <strong>in</strong> equation (2.72) can be calculated: =2.0. So, thez-dependency <strong>in</strong> the density for the problem discussed here, occurs <strong>in</strong> reality, ifH is muchsmaller and/or u 0 is much larger.Summariz<strong>in</strong>g it is concluded that the cavitation model yields the desired \physical"behavior from the viewpo<strong>in</strong>t of lift force computations, i.e. it provides a lower limit tothe pressure. The width of the cavitation region will be determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the magnitude of


94 CHAPTER 5. COMPRESSIBILITY AND PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTS800.00−200.001.00p400.00psprpr(no cav.)p−250.000.900.800.00−300.000.70−400.00−350.00prpsrs0.60−800.00−1 −0.5 0 0.5 1x−400.000 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.50x(a)(b)Figure 5.9: (a): The pressure at z =0as function of x for the Reynolds solution withoutcavitation, the Reynolds solution with cavitation and the Stokes solution with cavitation.(b): Zoom <strong>in</strong> of the pressure and density at z =0as function of x for the Reynolds andthe Stokes solution with cavitation <strong>in</strong> the cavitation region, =0:01, p v = ;300:0 and =0:1.the vapor pressure itself. The solution <strong>in</strong>side this region will depend on the parameter . For large <strong>in</strong> this region a z-dependent pressure and density is found show<strong>in</strong>g onceaga<strong>in</strong> that the density-pressure relation <strong>in</strong>duces dierences between Stokes and Reynoldssolutions <strong>in</strong> th<strong>in</strong> lms.To conclude this section some details about the performance of the numerical algorithmwill be given. For the gas-lubricated contact convergence was excellent. However, for thecavitation problem it strongly depends on the value of . For a large sharp changes <strong>in</strong>the pressure occur <strong>in</strong> a small region. In such cases the modied Newton step, as described<strong>in</strong> section (3.4.2), does not nd a root for the system of equations at one l<strong>in</strong>e. In that casethe set of equations at the previous l<strong>in</strong>e is solved aga<strong>in</strong>, followed by the set of equationsat the \bad" l<strong>in</strong>e. This procedure is repeated until the \bad" l<strong>in</strong>e is solved. The l<strong>in</strong>eswhere this diculty occurs are the ones near the po<strong>in</strong>t where the uid starts to cavitateand the po<strong>in</strong>t where the mixture returns to a liquid. At the rst po<strong>in</strong>t dp=dx changes veryrapidly. At the second po<strong>in</strong>t there is a jump <strong>in</strong> dp=dx, see gure (2.6). These phenomenaalso have astrongeect on the MG performance. This is illustrated <strong>in</strong> table (5.4) wherethe average error reduction over 5 cycles is shown as a function of . 0:1 1:0 10:0 50:0 100:0 200:0 400:0 MG 10:3 8:8 3:5 3:2 3:2 9:4 2:1Table 5.4: Average error reduction factor per W(2,2) cycle of the Stokes solver as afunction of for N = 256, =0:01 and p v = ;300:0To improve convergence for large , special measures need to be taken <strong>in</strong> the MG algorithmconcern<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>terpolation of correction and computation of the coarse grid operator.Such modications should be the subject of further research.


5.2. COMPRESSIBILITY: CAVITATION 95110.8z0.6h(x) =0:6 =0:7 =0:8 =0:9 =1:00.8z0.6h(x) =0:4 =0:5 =0:6 =0:8 =1:00.40.40.20.20−1 −0.5 0 0.5 x 10−1 −0.5 0 0.5 x 1(a)(b)Figure 5.10: Contour plot of the density for =0:01 and p v = ;300:0. (a): =0:1.(b): =50:0.F<strong>in</strong>ally an illustration is given of the convergence of the solution with decreas<strong>in</strong>g meshsize (N =128 256 512) for =0:01, p v = ;300:0 and =100:0. In gure (5.14a) thecontour l<strong>in</strong>e = 0:5 is shown for the solution on dierent grids. In gure (5.14b) thedensity as function of z at x = 0:5 is shown. These gures show that with decreas<strong>in</strong>gmesh size the solution converges.5.2.2 Cavitation: SLFIn this section the case of a s<strong>in</strong>gle local feature <strong>in</strong> a uniform gap is revisited but nowtak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account cavitation. For the case studied here the geometry is given by:h(x) =1; a p 23 2exe ; xa 4: (5.10)a 4This is slightly dierent from the geometry considered <strong>in</strong> chapter (4) to avoid numericaldiculties near the po<strong>in</strong>t where the harmonic part <strong>in</strong> equation (4.2) is dimmed by theexponential part. From Fourier analysis of (5.10) it follows that the wavelength of thefeature is = p 22a 4 4:4a 4 .The boundary conditions are p = 1:0, w = 0 on the <strong>in</strong>let boundary and dp=dx = 0,w = 0 on the outlet boundary. A constant viscosity is assumed. Results will be presentedfor =0:01 and dierent values of a 3 and a 4 . The vapor pressure is assumed to be p v =0and the vapor density 0 =0:01. The parameter will be varied. The problem is solvedwith the same numerical algorithm as used <strong>in</strong> the previous section. The grid has beengenerated us<strong>in</strong>gz = 2 h(x( 1 )) ( 1 2 ) 2 [0 1] (5.11)where x( 1 ) is dened by equation (3.68). An FMG algorithm was used with 6 levels,us<strong>in</strong>g 12 12 cells on the coarsest grid.Figures (5.15) and (5.16) showacharacteristic solution for the problem with cavitation( =10:0). In gure (5.15) the pressure and density prole are shown for a 3 =0:01 and


96 CHAPTER 5. COMPRESSIBILITY AND PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTS110.8z0.6h(x) =0:01 =0:1 =0:5 =0:9 =1:00.8z0.6h(x) =0:01 =0:1 =0:5 =0:9 =1:00.40.40.20.20−1 −0.5 0 0.5 x 10−1 −0.5 0 0.5 x 1(a)(b)Figure 5.11: Contour plot of the density for =0:01 and p v = ;300:0. (a): = 100:0.(b): = 400:0.10.80.60.4 =0:1 =50:0 = 100:0 = 400:00.200 0.1 0.2 0.3 z 0.4Figure 5.12: Density as function of z at x =0:5 for =0:01 and p v = ;300:0.a 4 =0:6. From this gure it can be seen that after a pressure rise, <strong>in</strong>duced by the feature,the pressure drops to zero and rema<strong>in</strong>s zero. The density upstream of the feature is 1:0and downstream of the feature it approximates 0:9. Only near the feature the densitydrops to the vapor density. Figure (5.16a) shows a streaml<strong>in</strong>e plot of the ow. Figure(5.16b) shows the u; and w;velocity prole at x =0:015.Next the <strong>in</strong>uence of the wavelength and the amplitude on the solution is studied.In gure (5.17) the density and the lm thickness are shown as function of x for dierentamplitudes (a 3 ) and wavelengths (a 4 ). Figure (5.17a) shows that an <strong>in</strong>crease of theamplitude causes a fully vaporized region. Also a change <strong>in</strong> wavelength can cause thisphenomenon, see gure (5.17b). So, <strong>in</strong> addition to , also the geometry determ<strong>in</strong>es thestructure of the solution of the cavitated region.This <strong>in</strong>uence of the geometry on the density can best be evaluated by look<strong>in</strong>g at thecontour plots of the density. In gure (5.18) the density has been plotted for dierent


5.2. COMPRESSIBILITY: CAVITATION 9710.8z0.6h(x) =0:01 =0:1 =0:5 =0:9 =1:010.80.6 =10:00.40.40.20.20−1 −0.5 0 0.5 1x00 0.1 0.2 0.3 z 0.4(a)(b)Figure 5.13: (a): Contour plot of the density. (b): Density as function of z at x =0:5.For =0:5, p v = ;8:0 and =10:0.amplitudes. It can be observed that the region with < 0:9 <strong>in</strong>creases with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>gamplitude and that a fully vaporized region arises. In the same way gure (5.19) showsthe eect of the wavelength. It can be concluded that an <strong>in</strong>crease <strong>in</strong> wavelength causesa decrease of the region with < 0:9 and the fully vaporized region may disappear.Furthermore, the solution approximates the Reynolds solution where the density is onlya function of x. F<strong>in</strong>ally, the eect of on the solution is illustrated <strong>in</strong> gure (5.20).Based on the results presented <strong>in</strong> the previous section for the ow under a parabola itmay be expected that an <strong>in</strong>crease of <strong>in</strong>creases the z-dependence of the density and theformation and size of the vaporized region. This is exactly what gure (5.20) shows. Inchapter (4) it was found that a decrease <strong>in</strong> wavelength <strong>in</strong>creases the dierence betweenthe Stokes and the Reynolds solutions. The amplitude was found to be less important. Inthe case of cavitation it turns out that not only the wavelength is an important parameterbut also the amplitude of the feature. A large ratio of wavelength to lm-thickness willnot be likely <strong>in</strong>, for example, EHL contacts, but a large amplitude may occur. Also <strong>in</strong>the case of a geometry, which itself does not result <strong>in</strong> a strongly z-dependent density, thismay still be caused by <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g . For example, a change <strong>in</strong> the lower surface speed ora decrease <strong>in</strong> H can result <strong>in</strong> a large .In chapter (4) solutions of the Reynolds equation and the Stokes equations were comparedus<strong>in</strong>g R. In this section the values of R obta<strong>in</strong>ed for the present SLF problemwithout cavitation will be compared with values of R computed us<strong>in</strong>g solutions satisfy<strong>in</strong>gthe cavitation condition. The eects of wavelength, amplitude and on the computedvalues of R for the problem without cavitation and on the computed values of R for theproblem with cavitation are illustrated <strong>in</strong> table (5.5) and <strong>in</strong> gure (5.21). Table (5.5)shows that <strong>in</strong> both cases, with and without cavitation, an <strong>in</strong>crease of the wavelength (a 4 )results <strong>in</strong> a decrease of the R value and that the R values found for =10:0 do not diermuch from the R values found <strong>in</strong> the non-cavitat<strong>in</strong>g case. Furthermore, this table showsan <strong>in</strong>crease of the R value for <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g . It tends to have a limit. Figure (5.21) showsthe R value as function of the amplitude (a 3 ) <strong>in</strong> the cavitated and <strong>in</strong> the non-cavitated


98 CHAPTER 5. COMPRESSIBILITY AND PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTS0.55z0.50.450.4h(x)N =128N =256N =51210.80.6N =512N =256N =1280.350.30.40.250.20.20.150.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6x0.700 0.1 0.2 0.3 z 0.4(a)(b)Figure 5.14: (a): Contour plot of the iso-density contour =0:5 for the Stokes solutionon dierent grids. (b): Density as function of z at x =0:5 for the Stokes solution ondierent grids. =0:01, p v = ;300:0 and =100:0. a 4 10:0 50:0 100:0 No cavitation0:005 0:8554 - - 0:81540:01 0:2399 0:2567 0:2589 0:24930:02 0:0664 - - 0:0624Table 5.5: The relative lift force parameter R value for dierent a 4 , and <strong>in</strong> the case ofno cavitation. For =0:01 and a 3 =0:4. A bar <strong>in</strong>dicates a not computed po<strong>in</strong>t.case. It is noted that both models give more or less the same R values, only for smallamplitudes there is dierence between both models. This gure can be compared withthe l<strong>in</strong>e a 4 = 0:04 <strong>in</strong> gure (4.5b). It is then observed that they resemble each other asis expected, because <strong>in</strong> both cases the ratios to wavelength are approximately the sameand for the SLF this ratio determ<strong>in</strong>es the value of R.F<strong>in</strong>ally, <strong>in</strong> section (5.2.1) a relation between2 and ~p = p(x h) ; p(x 0), at thepo<strong>in</strong>t where p reaches a m<strong>in</strong>imum <strong>in</strong> the non-cavitat<strong>in</strong>g case, was found to <strong>in</strong>dicate theexistence of a fully-vaporized region. For the SLF this relation no longer holds.In summary, the follow<strong>in</strong>g conclusions can be drawn with respect to the SLF with cavitation. The cavitation model can eectively prevent the pressure from dropp<strong>in</strong>g below apreset value, the vapor pressure. The R values computed with or without a two-phase cavitation model are comparable. In certa<strong>in</strong> cases a fully-vaporized region occurs. From experiments it is known thata bubble is present. The model does open the possibility to <strong>in</strong>vestigate micro-


5.2. COMPRESSIBILITY: CAVITATION 9938.753010.9p200.80.70.6100.50.40.301.6z10.0−1.00x1.00.20.10.01−1.0x01.0 0.0005212(a)(b)Figure 5.15: Stokes solution for SLF. (a): Pressure prole. (b): Density prole. Both asfunction of x and z. =0:01, =10:0, a 3 =0:6 and a 4 =0:01.1z1.6cavitation <strong>in</strong>side a lubricated contact which is not possible with the Reynolds equation.The latter does not predict fully-vaporized regions.To conclude this section, aga<strong>in</strong> a few results regard<strong>in</strong>g convergence and accuracy arepresented. The error reduction per MG cycle, MG , strongly depends on the values of ,a 3 and a 4 . This is illustrated <strong>in</strong> table (5.6). This shows a decrease <strong>in</strong> the cycle performancefor <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g steepness of the grid-l<strong>in</strong>es <strong>in</strong> the physical doma<strong>in</strong> and for <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g . Themethod is obviously not optimal <strong>in</strong> handl<strong>in</strong>g the sharp change <strong>in</strong> pressure.a 4a 3 0:005 0:01 0:020:2 10:0 - 6:7 -0:4 10:0 4:2 4:9 5:70:4 50:0 - 9:7 -0:4 100:0 - 7:4 -0:6 10:0 - 2:0 -Table 5.6: Average error reduction factor per W(2,2) cycle of the Stokes solver for =0:01. A bar <strong>in</strong>dicates a not computed po<strong>in</strong>t.Convergence of the solution with decreas<strong>in</strong>g mesh size can be shown <strong>in</strong> many ways. Onesimple way is to look at the contour l<strong>in</strong>e of a specic density value of a solution obta<strong>in</strong>edon grids with dierent cell size. This is illustrated <strong>in</strong> gure (5.22). On the coarse-gridthe iso-contour looks ragged due to <strong>in</strong>accuracy. The wiggle gradually disappears withdecreas<strong>in</strong>g mesh size.


100 CHAPTER 5. COMPRESSIBILITY AND PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTS1.6z1.2h(x) =0:46 =0:44 =0:4 =0:3 =0:21.5u115w100.80.40−0.1 −0.05 0 0.05x0.10.55uruswrws00 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0 z(a)(b)Figure 5.16: Stokes solution for SLF. (a): Streaml<strong>in</strong>es. (b): u and w velocitycomponents at x =0:015. Subscript <strong>in</strong>dicates if it is a Reynolds (r) or a Stokes (s)solution. =0:01, =10:0, a 3 =0:6 and a 4 =0:01.5.3 Piezo-viscous eectsThe most important conclusion of the previous sections is that even if = H=L is smallthis does not automatically imply that the pressure does not vary over the lm (as afunction of z) which is the key assumption when deriv<strong>in</strong>g the Reynolds equation. Theoccurrence of large gradients <strong>in</strong> the density was shown to lead to a z-dependence <strong>in</strong> thepressure. In [1] it was po<strong>in</strong>ted out that the same should happen for rapid changes of theviscosity <strong>in</strong>duced by changes of the pressure.In this section some results are presented that conrm this prediction. Simulationswere performed solv<strong>in</strong>g the Stokes equations (2.8), (2.9) and (2.10) for the s<strong>in</strong>gle localfeature problem assum<strong>in</strong>g an exponential viscosity-pressure relation. The gap geometryis aga<strong>in</strong> given by equation (5.10). The grid is generated by equation (5.11) where x( 1 )is dened by equation (3.68) with the parameters a 1 = 1, = 0:025, x = 4:5a 4 and 1 =0:6. The boundary conditions are p = 0 and w = 0 on the <strong>in</strong>let and outlet. Thedensity is assumed to be constant and the viscosity pressure equation (2.66) is used. Theparameter is xed at = 0:1. FMG with ve levels and a coarsest grid of 12 12 isused. Results are presented for dierent values of a 3 (amplitude), a 4 (wavelength) and p (pressure-viscosity coecient). The important ratio between local lm thickness andwavelength can be approximated by H loc = =(4:4a 4 ). As was shown <strong>in</strong> chapter (4)this parameter gives an <strong>in</strong>dication of the \geometrically" <strong>in</strong>duced dierence between theReynolds and the Stokes solution for constant viscosity. In gure (5.23a) the pressure as afunction of x is shown for a 3 =0:2a 4 =0:2. In this case H loc = 0:1 and there is alreadya moderate dierence between the Stokes and the Reynolds solution for = 1. Figure(5.23b) shows the result for p = 0:19. This gure shows that the viscosity-pressuredependence signicantly <strong>in</strong>creases the dierence between the Reynolds and the Stokespressure. One can observe that the pressure accord<strong>in</strong>g to the Stokes solution also globallydiers from the Reynolds pressure. Furthermore, one observes that the maxima <strong>in</strong> p atz =0andz = h do not occur at the same po<strong>in</strong>t as was the case for =1.


5.3. PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTS 1011.61.4h1.6h1.21.41.2h1.4h11.210.80.60.4a 3 =0:2a 3 =0:4a 3 =0:60.80.40−0.4−0.810.80.60.4a 4 =0:02a 4 =0:01a 4 =0:0050.60.2−0.2−0.60.2−1.20.2−10−0.04 −0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 −1.6x0−0.06 −0.04 −0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 −1.4x(a)(b)Figure 5.17: The density and lm-thickness at z = h as function of x for =0:01 and =10:0. (a): Dierent amplitudes a 3 and a 4 =0:01. (b): Dierent wavelengths a 4 anda 3 =0:4.In gure (5.24) the u and w velocity components as function of x have been plottedat x =0. For the iso-viscous as well as for the piezo-viscous case the Reynolds equationpredicts that at x =0,where dp 0 and h =1,the velocity proles have the follow<strong>in</strong>gdxform:u(0z)=1; z (5.12)w(0z)=z 2 (1 ; z) dhdx (5.13)see equation (2.40) and (2.45). In gure (5.24a) it can be seen that also the Stokes solutionfor the u velocity prole is a straight l<strong>in</strong>e and that the location of the m<strong>in</strong>imum of the wvelocity prole is the same as is found with the Reynolds solution. However, <strong>in</strong> the piezoviscoussolution for p = 0:19, see gure (5.24b), the Stokes solution for the u-velocityprole is no longer a straight l<strong>in</strong>e and the location of the m<strong>in</strong>imum of the w-velocityprole has shifted to the left.To quantify the dierence between the Stokes and the Reynolds solutions, the relativelift force dierence R is used aga<strong>in</strong>. Figure (5.25)(a) shows R as a function of p for threedierent wavelengths a 4 and an amplitude a 3 =0:2. The gure shows that with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g p the dierence <strong>in</strong> the lift force predicted by the Reynolds equation and the Stokesequations <strong>in</strong>creases. This eect appears to be stronger with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g wavelength. Next,gure (5.25b) shows the value of R as a function of p for dierent amplitudes keep<strong>in</strong>g thewavelength xed. Aga<strong>in</strong> R <strong>in</strong>creases with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g p with a stronger eect for larger a 3 .Both gures clearly show that a geometrically <strong>in</strong>duced dierence between the solutions ofthe Reynolds and the Stokes equations is signicantly amplied by the viscosity pressuredependence. To what extend are the values for p assumed above realistic? This can beseen as follows. Tak<strong>in</strong>g o = 100:0 10 ;3 [kg/ms] p = 2:0 10 ;8 [s 2 m/kg](5.14)H = 0:1 10 ;6 [m]u 0 = 1:0 [m/s]


102 CHAPTER 5. COMPRESSIBILITY AND PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTS1110.80.80.8z0.60.40.2h(x) =0:8 =0:9 =1:0z0.60.40.2h(x) =0:1 =0:5 =0:9 =1:0z0.60.40.2h(x) =0:01 =0:1 =0:5 =0:9 =1:000 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04x00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04x00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04x(a)(b)(c)Figure 5.18: Eect of amplitude on solution of SLF problem with cavitation: contour plotof the density, =10:0, a 4 =0:01. (a): a 3 =0:2. (b): a 3 =0:4. (c): a 3 =0:6.1110.80.80.8z0.60.4h(x) =0:9 =1:0z0.60.4h(x) =0:1 =0:5 =0:9 =1:0z0.60.4h(x) =0:01 =0:1 =0:5 =0:9 =1:00.20.20.200 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 x 0.0500 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05x00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 x(a)(b)(c)Figure 5.19: Eect of wavelength on solution of SLF problem with cavitation: contourplot of the density, =10:0, a 3 =0:4. (a): a 4 =0:02. (b): a 4 =0:01. (c): a 4 =0:005.1110.8z0.8z0.8z0.60.4h(x) =0:1 =0:5 =0:9 =1:00.60.4h(x) =0:01 =0:1 =0:5 =0:9 =1:00.60.4h(x) =0:01 =0:1 =0:5 =0:9 =1:00.20.20.200 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1x00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1x00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1x(a)(b)(c)Figure 5.20: Eect of on solution of SLF problem with cavitation: contour plot of thedensity, a 3 =0:4, a 4 =0:01. (a): =10:0. (b): =50:0. (c): = 100:0.


5.3. PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTS 1030.4RNo cav. =10:00.30.20.100 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8a 3Figure 5.21: The R value as function of the amplitude a 3 for =0:01 and a 4 =0:01.10.8z0.60.4h(x)N=96N=192N=3840.200.01 0.02x0.03Figure 5.22: Contour plot of constant density l<strong>in</strong>e =0:5 on dierent grids. Stokessolution for the SLF problem =0:01, a 3 =0:4 and a 4 =0:01.which are realistic values for a tribological problem it follows that p = p 0u 0=0:02 andHif u 0 is <strong>in</strong>creased with a factor of 10 than p =0:2.F<strong>in</strong>ally a few words about the performance of the solver. The algorithm shows arather poor MG convergence and for large p , =a 4 , a 3 it does not converge at all. Thisis a subject for future research. However, the results, presented here, are sucient toillustrate the basic phenomenon that viscosity-pressure dependence has a signicant eecton the dierence between the Reynolds and Stokes solution for the SLF. This <strong>in</strong>dicatesthat there are some <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g questions to be answered <strong>in</strong> future EHL research whereviscosity-pressure dependence is one of the key phenomena expla<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g lm formation.


104 CHAPTER 5. COMPRESSIBILITY AND PIEZO-VISCOUS EFFECTSp75h(x)p(x 0)p(x h)prey3h2p75h(x)p(x 0)p(x h)prey3h23311−1−1 −0.5 0 0.5 1 0 x(a)11−1−1 −0.5 0 0.5 1 0 xFigure 5.23: The Stokes pressure at the lower surface (p(x 0)), at the upper surface(p(x h)), the Reynolds pressure (p rey ) and the lm thickness (h(x)) for =0:1 anda 3 =0:2a 4 =0:2. (a): p =0:0. (b): p =0:19.(b)10.210.2u0.80.6usurwswrw0.10u0.80.6usurwswrw0.10−0.1−0.10.4−0.20.4−0.20.2−0.30.2−0.30−0.40 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1z0−0.40 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1z(a)(b)Figure 5.24: The u and w velocity components at x =0:0. (a): p =0:0. (b): p =0:19.Subscript <strong>in</strong>dicates if it is a Reynolds (r) or a Stokes (s) solution. =0:1 anda 3 =0:2a 4 =0:2.0.4RRRRR0.3a 4 =0:1a 4 =0:2a 4 =0:30.3RRRa 3 =0:1a 3 =0:2a 3 =0:30.20.20.10.100 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2p00 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25p(a)(b)Figure 5.25: R as function of p for =0:1. (a): a 3 =0:2. (b): a 4 =0:2.


ConclusionsThe aim of the research presented <strong>in</strong> this thesis was to establish criteria concern<strong>in</strong>g thevalidity of the Reynolds equation for the prediction of the ow <strong>in</strong> lubricated contacts.This equation is derived from the Navier-Stokes equations under the assumption thatthe ratio = H=L of gap height and gap length is small and that it is a slow-viscousow. An <strong>in</strong>termediate description can be derived by omitt<strong>in</strong>g the <strong>in</strong>ertia terms <strong>in</strong> the N-Sequations. This results <strong>in</strong> the Stokes equations. Most lubricated contacts have a small on a global scale. However, as technical surfaces are never perfectly smooth on a localscale, this may no longer be true. The question then is how large the error will be that ismade when us<strong>in</strong>g the Reynolds equation compared to us<strong>in</strong>g the Stokes equations.In order to <strong>in</strong>vestigate the dierence between the Stokes and the Reynolds solutions,the ow <strong>in</strong> a uniform channel with a surface feature on one of the surfaces, and theow below a parabolically shaped surface was <strong>in</strong>vestigated. It was found that multi-gridtechniques can eectively solve the discretized Stokes equations for th<strong>in</strong> lms.To quantify the dierence between the Reynolds and the Stokes solution the relativeload dierence parameter R was <strong>in</strong>troduced. The R was monitored as a function of thecharacteristic parameters of the geometry. From this study it was concluded that theimportant parameter seems to be the ratio of lm thickness and wavelength, therebyconrm<strong>in</strong>g the hypothesis of [25].It was found that, for channel ows, deviations of more than ten percent between theReynolds and the Stokes solutions occur if H= > 0:2 holds. For more general doma<strong>in</strong>sone should take for H the local lm thickness (at the location of the feature) and theamplitude close to the lm thickness. Compar<strong>in</strong>g this with the values of H= <strong>in</strong> practiceit is concluded that <strong>in</strong> most cases Reynolds roughness is found and the Reynolds equationis valid. It was also shown that perturbation analysis is a cheap way of approximat<strong>in</strong>gthe Stokes solution for moderate values of the ratio H= and of the amplitude.Apart from the geometry of the contact also compressibility andpiezo-viscous eectscan <strong>in</strong>uence the validity of the Reynolds equation. This was shown for a model problemtaken from gas-bear<strong>in</strong>g application. It was found that, besides the geometry of the doma<strong>in</strong>,the lower surface speed can cause a cross-lm dependent pressure. For the two-phasecavitation model it was shown that a steeply vary<strong>in</strong>g density as a function of the pressurecan cause a cross-lm dependent pressure. In the case of piezo-viscosity already exist<strong>in</strong>gdierences between the Stokes and the Reynolds solutions can be amplied if the pressureviscositycoecient is <strong>in</strong>creased.105


106


Recommendations for furtherresearchIt appears that geometrically <strong>in</strong>duced dierences between the Reynolds and the Stokessolution will be rare <strong>in</strong> EHL contacts. But if one wants to have a closer look at what theprecise eect is on the load carry<strong>in</strong>g capacity of the contact one could use an expressionfor the pressure from perturbation analysis <strong>in</strong> an exist<strong>in</strong>g EHL solver. The validity ofthe assumption that the convective terms can be neglected <strong>in</strong> the neighborhood of a localfeature could be a topic for further study.The gas-bear<strong>in</strong>g model results call up some questions concern<strong>in</strong>g the calculated highspeed pressure prole. To what extent are the pressure proles that were found realistic,and what is the eect of <strong>in</strong>ertia <strong>in</strong> this regime?For small the MG performance for the two-phase model is quite good. An <strong>in</strong>creaseof decreases the MG performance. So, if one wants to do more research on cavitationwith the two-phase model, one should <strong>in</strong>vestigate the MG scheme more precisely. Isthere a better relaxation procedure? What about the coarse-grid operator? What k<strong>in</strong>dof <strong>in</strong>ter-grid operators should be used? A good start<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t could be the study of thefull potential equation, see [74], [94]. This is also a partially elliptic/hyperbolic equation.Piezo viscosity appears to result <strong>in</strong> a dist<strong>in</strong>ct dierence between the Reynolds andthe Stokes solutions <strong>in</strong> an EHL contact. Also here some numerical problems (no MGconvergence) were encountered for too large viscosity-pressure coecients. A remedy isprobably to use some k<strong>in</strong>d of an upw<strong>in</strong>d discretization <strong>in</strong> the direction of the characteristicssuch as given by A.7.107


108


Appendix ADeterm<strong>in</strong>ation type of equationPartial dierential equations can be divided <strong>in</strong>to three ma<strong>in</strong> categories: elliptic, parabolicand hyperbolic. Simple examples are: the Laplace equation, the diusion equation andthe wave equation. They dier <strong>in</strong> the way a disturbance <strong>in</strong> the solution is transportedthrough the doma<strong>in</strong>. The l<strong>in</strong>es along which the disturbance is transported are calledcharacteristics. It is also possible that the partial dierential equation is a comb<strong>in</strong>ation ofthe above mentioned types. Also systems of partial dierential equations can be classied<strong>in</strong> the above categories. For a mathematical <strong>in</strong>troduction to this topic see [100].For a system of quasi-l<strong>in</strong>ear rst-order partial dierential equations of the form:A @u@x + B @u@z = Cu + c (A.1)where u and c(x z) are n-component column vectors and A, B and C are n n matrixfunctions of x, z and u. The slope of the characteristics <strong>in</strong> the (x z) plane are determ<strong>in</strong>edby the eigenvalues i of A ;1 B, i.e.dzdx = i i =1:::n : (A.2)With the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of A ;1 B the follow<strong>in</strong>g division can be made.1. If the i 's are complex-valued then the system is elliptic.2. If the i 's are real and the n eigenvectors are l<strong>in</strong>early <strong>in</strong>dependent then the systemis hyperbolic.3. if the i 's are real and not all n eigenvectors are l<strong>in</strong>early <strong>in</strong>dependent then thesystem is parabolic.A.1 Incompressible, piezo-viscous owIn this case is a function of p and is constant. Equations (2.11), (2.12) and (2.13)with = 1 can be written as:(1 ; 2 p [u x ]) @p@x ; p[w x + u z ] @p@z ; (@2 u@x 2 + @2 u@z 2 )=0109(A.3)


(1 ; 2 p [w z ]) @p@z ; p[w x + u z ] @p@x ; w(@2 @x + @2 w2 @z )=02@u@x + @w@z =0(A.4)(A.5)where p = d , u dp x = @u,u @x z = @u,w @z x = @w and w @x z = @w.@zThe terms <strong>in</strong> brackets will be kept constant <strong>in</strong> this analysis. After <strong>in</strong>troduction of thenew variables s 1 = @u,s @z 2 = ; @w = @u and s @z @x 3 = @w the above equations can be written <strong>in</strong>@xthe form (A.1) withA =2640 1 0 0 0 01 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 ;1 0 00 0 0 0 1 00 0 1 ; 2 p [u x ] 0 ; 00 0 ; p [w x + u z ] 0 0 ;375B =2640 0 0 0 0 00 1 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 1 00 0 0 0 0 10 0 ; p [w x + u z ] ; 0 00 0 1 ; 2 p [w z ] 0 0375(A.6)and u=fu w p s 1 s 2 s 3 g T , Cu=fs 3 0 0 0 0 0g T , c=0. Because Det[A]=; +2 p u xthe eigenvalues of A ;1 B can be found: 12 =0, 34 =I and 56 = ; p[u z + w x ] p D1+2 p [w z ](A.7)whereD = 2 p([u z + w x ] 2 ; 4[u x w z ]) ; 1 :The 12 can be omitted because they result from the transformation of the second-ordersystem to the rst-order system. This means that the system is fully elliptic if D < 0.This is always the case <strong>in</strong> the constant-viscosity case. If D = 0 then the system is partiallyparabolic. If D>0 then the system is partially hyperbolic.A.2 Compressible, piezo-viscous owThe density and the viscosity are both functions of the pressure. Equations (2.8), (2.9)and (2.10) with =1 can be written as:(1 + 1 3 p(2[w z ] ; 4[u x ])) @p@x ; p[w x + u z ] @p@z ; 4 3 @2 u@x ; 1 2 3 @2 w@x@z ; @2 u=0 (A.8)@z2 (1 + 1 3 p(2[u x ] ; 4[w z ])) @p@z ; p[w x + u z ] @p@x ; 4 3 @2 w@z ; 1 2 3 @2 u@x@z ; @2 w=0 (A.9)@x2 @pu p@x + @u @x + w @pp@z + @w @z =0(A.10)where p = @@p , p = ddp , u x = @u@x , u z = @u@z , w x = @w@x and w z = @w . The terms <strong>in</strong> brackets will@zbe kept constant <strong>in</strong> this analysis. After <strong>in</strong>troduction of the new variables s 1 = @u,s @x 2 = @w,@x110


s 3 = @u and s @z 4 = @w@zA =264B =the above equations can be written <strong>in</strong> the form (A.1) with1 0 0 0 0 0 00 1 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 ;1 00 0 0 0 0 0 ;10 0 1+ 1 3 p(2[w z ] ; 4[u x ]) ; 4 0 0 ; 13 30 0 ; p [w x + u z ] 0 ; 0 0 0 u p 0 0 0 02640 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 1 0 0 00 0 0 0 1 0 00 0 ; p [w x + u z ] 0 0 ; 00 0 1+ 1 3 p(2[u x ] ; 4[w z ]) ; 1 0 0 ; 43 30 w p 0 0 0 0375375(A.11)and u=fu w p s 1 s 2 s 3 s 4 g T , Cu=fs 1 s 2 0 0 0 0 0g T , c=0. Because Det[A]= 4 3 2 p uthe eigenvalues of A ;1 B can be found: 12 =0, 34 = ;I, 56 = I and 7 = w u . The 12can be omitted because they result from the transformation of the second-order systemto the rst-order system. In compressible ow the system is partially hyperbolic withcharacteristics along w=u <strong>in</strong>dependent of the viscosity.111


112


Appendix BDeterm<strong>in</strong>ation speed of soundIn the two phase model the m<strong>in</strong>imum speed of sound <strong>in</strong> a mixture of liquid and bubblesis required. In the follow<strong>in</strong>g an estimate for the m<strong>in</strong>imum speed of sound is deduced. Fora detailed discussion see [3], pp. 93. This parameter is then used <strong>in</strong> equation (2.71). Thespeed of sound <strong>in</strong> a uid is dened as:a 2 =@p !(B.1)@swhere () s <strong>in</strong>dicates a constant entropy. Only <strong>in</strong> the transition region between the liquidand the vapor state the density is not constant and the speed of sound is not <strong>in</strong>nite (seegure (2.4)). This is typical for the used model. Obviously, <strong>in</strong> reality the speeds of sound<strong>in</strong> the vapor and <strong>in</strong> the liquid have nite values.To determ<strong>in</strong>e the speed of sound <strong>in</strong> the mixture the volume fraction ( a ) of the vaporbubbles <strong>in</strong> the mixture is <strong>in</strong>troduced. The actual density is then a l<strong>in</strong>ear comb<strong>in</strong>ation ofthe liquid density and the vapor density: = a v +(1; a ) l :(B.2)It is assumed that the bubbles <strong>in</strong> the mixture are small enough to follow the uid whenan acoustical wave passes. In that case, the ratio a = a vis a conservative quantity(i.e. the mass does not change when an acoustical wave passes). It can be substituted <strong>in</strong>equation (B.2) and results <strong>in</strong>:1 = a v+ 1 ; a l: (B.3)This can be dierentiated with respect to p and after some manipulations the follow<strong>in</strong>gequation can be found1a 2 =a+ 1 ; a: (B.4)a 2 v v a 2 l lWith the use of equation (B.2) it can be rewritten <strong>in</strong> a more useful form:a =pl v a v a lq( l (1 ; a )+ v a )( v a 2 v(1 ; a )+ a l a 2 l ) :(B.5)113


The m<strong>in</strong>imum speed of sound <strong>in</strong> the mixture can now be deduced by solv<strong>in</strong>g dad a a = a m<strong>in</strong>=0 and substitut<strong>in</strong>g a m<strong>in</strong> back <strong>in</strong>to equation (B.5). The a m<strong>in</strong> is given by: a m<strong>in</strong> = 2 va 2 v ; 2 v l a 2 v + 2 l a 2 l2( l ; v )( l a 2 l ; v a 2 v) : (B.6)If l v than m<strong>in</strong> a ! 1 2foundand the follow<strong>in</strong>g expression for the m<strong>in</strong>imal speed of sound isa m<strong>in</strong> =2a vsv l: (B.7)114


Appendix CSecond-order perturbationIn this appendix the expansion of the Stokes equation <strong>in</strong> (= 2 ) will be carried out upto second order. The development of the rst-order approximation has been expla<strong>in</strong>ed<strong>in</strong> Section 2.2. The second-order expansion of the Stokes equations can now be deducedby substitut<strong>in</strong>g equation (2.49) <strong>in</strong> equations (2.46), (2.47) and (2.48) and equat<strong>in</strong>g equalorders <strong>in</strong> 2 . @p 2@x ; @2 u 2@z 2 = @2 u 1@x 2 (C.1) @p 2@z = @2 w 1@z + @2 w 02 @x 2 (C.2)@u 2@x + @w 2@z =0:(C.3)On the four boundaries of the doma<strong>in</strong> the perturbation variables take the follow<strong>in</strong>g values:u 2 = 0w 2 = 0p 2 = 0. The right-hand sides <strong>in</strong> the above equations conta<strong>in</strong> knownfunctions, result<strong>in</strong>g from lower-order perturbation results. The w 0 is given <strong>in</strong> equations(2.55). The rst-order perturbation u 1 follows from twice <strong>in</strong>tegrat<strong>in</strong>g equation (2.56) withrespect to z and is given by:u 1 =c 2 z(z ; h)+ z(z ; h)(;30c 1z 2 ; 90z 2 h +9c 1 h 2 ; 10zh 2 +32h 3 )(h 0 ) 2+2h 3 30h 5z(c 1 +4h)(15z 3 ; 20z 2 h +3zh 2 +2h 3 )h 00 (C.4)60h 4where c 1 and c 2 are <strong>in</strong>tegration constants follow<strong>in</strong>g from <strong>in</strong>tegrat<strong>in</strong>g equation (2.54) andequation (2.60) respectively, with respect to x from ;1 to 1. For convenience the shorthandnotations h 0 = dh=dx, h 00 = d 2 h=dx 2 etc. have been <strong>in</strong>troduced. An expression forw 1 can be found through equation (2.58) with the use of the explicit form of u 1 .w 1 =z 2 (z ; h)(;30c 1 z 2 ; 72z 2 h +9c 1 h 2 ; 12zh 2 +16h 3 )(h 0 ) 3+ c 2z 2 (z ; h)h 0+30h 6 2h 4z 2 (z ; h)(36c 1 z 2 ; 9c 1 zh +108z 2 h ; 19c 1 h 2 ; 12zh 2 ; 64h 3 )h 0 h 00;60h 5z 2 (z ; h) 2 (3z + h)(c 1 +4h)h 000: (C.5)60h 4115


The <strong>in</strong>tegration of equation (C.2) with respect to z gives an expression for the pressurecorrection p 2 :p 2 =Z " #@2 w 0@x + @2 w 1dz +~p 2 @z 2 2 (x) (C.6)where ~p 2 is unknown. An explicit expression for p 2 can now be found by substitut<strong>in</strong>g w 0and w 1 <strong>in</strong> equation (C.6).p 2 = ~p 2 (x)+ zc 2h 0 (3z ; 2h)2h 4 +z(h 0 ) 3 (;75c 1 z 3 +60c 1 z 2 h ; 180z 3 h +27c 1 zh 2 + 120z 2 h 2 ; 18c 1 h 3 +84zh 3 ; 32h 4 )30h 6 +zh 0 h 00 (45c 1 z 3 ; 45c 1 z 2 h + 135z 3 h ; 15c 1 zh 2 ; 120z 2 h 2 +19c 1 h 3 ; 78zh 3 +64h 430h 5 +zh 000 (c 1 +4h)(;15z 3 +20z 2 h ; 6zh 2 ; 4h 3 )120h 4 : (C.7)Upon substitution of equation (C.7) <strong>in</strong> equation (C.1) and double <strong>in</strong>tegration with respectto z an expression for u 2 can be found. This u 2 can be substituted <strong>in</strong> equation (C.3). Thisequation can be <strong>in</strong>tegrated with respect to z between 0 and h(x). Us<strong>in</strong>g the boundaryconditions and the Leibnitz rule the follow<strong>in</strong>g equation can be deduced:ddx";h d~p 3 2dx + ;4(h0 ) 4 (9c 1 +46h)+ c 2hh 0052510; h2 (h 00 ) 2 (80c 1 +107h)+10503c 2 (h 0 ) 2; 118h(h0 ) 2 h 00 (c 1 +8h); 2h2 h 0 h 000 (22c 1 +17h)+5 # 52552571h 3 h 0000 (c 1 +4h)=0: (C.8)4200This is aga<strong>in</strong> a Reynolds type of equation for the unknown function ~p 2 . It can be solvedby numerical <strong>in</strong>tegration. From equation (C.7) it can be seen that the solution consists oftwo parts:<strong>in</strong> the global part, represented by ~p 2 (x), an overall correction is <strong>in</strong>troduced, sothe pressure prole not only changes at the location of a local feature <strong>in</strong> the local part,where h 0 changes rapidly, thepressure is also a function of z.116


Appendix DTruncation error of the discretecont<strong>in</strong>uity equationIn this appendix it is shown that for the discretization of the constant density cont<strong>in</strong>uityequation, proposed <strong>in</strong> chapter (3), the truncation error is of second order <strong>in</strong> ( 1 2 ). Inthe discretized cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation (3.4) the contravariant base vectors are replaced bythe covariant base vectors. The cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation is then given by:ha2(2)u i i+ 1 2 j 2 ; h a 2 (2)u i i; 1 2 j 2 +h i h i ;a2(1)u + a 1 (1)w 1 ; ;a 2ij+(1)u + a 1 (1)w 1 =0:1 ij; 1 22(D.1)After division of equation (D.1) by 1 2 and us<strong>in</strong>g the transformation (3.16) it followsthat:(h i+1 u2 i+1(x i+122 j ; h i;1 u2 i;12 j )+ (h i+ 1 2 1; x i;1 )(w2 ij+1 ; w2 ij;1 )2; h i;1 )( 2 u2 j; 1 ij;1 ; 22 2 j+ 1 2u ij+1 )2+ 1 2 1 2 =0 (D.2)where h = h( 1 ) and x = x( 1 ). In this equation the follow<strong>in</strong>g bil<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>in</strong>terpolations areused:andu ij;12u ij+12= 1 4 (u i; 1 2 j + u i+12 j + u i;12 j;1 + u i+12 j;1 ) (D.3)= 1 4 (u i; 1 2 j + u i+12 j + u i;12 j+1 + u i+12 j+1 ) : (D.4)For each quantity <strong>in</strong> equation (D.2) the Taylor approximation around the grid po<strong>in</strong>t (i j)is substituted. If the function u is suciently smooth the follow<strong>in</strong>g Taylor expansion canbe written:u i+12 j+1 = u ij + 12 1 22@ 2 u@ 1 @ 2 !ij@u@u+ @!ij2 + 1 @!ij(1 ) 22 8+ (2 ) 22@ 2 u@( 2 ) 2 !ij117+ (1 ) 348@ 2 u+@( 1 )!ij2@ 3 u+@( 1 )!ij3


(3 1 ) 2 2 @ 3 u+24 @ 2 1 @!ij31 ( 2 ) 2 @ 3 u+2 12 @ 1 @ 2 !ij2( 2 ) 3 @ 3 u+ O((6 @( 2 )!ij1 ) 4 ( 2 ) 4 ) (D.5)3where () ij <strong>in</strong>dicates that the function between the brackets is evaluated at the grid po<strong>in</strong>t(i j). Also for h and x Taylor approximations around the po<strong>in</strong>t (i j) can be developed.After substitution of the Taylor approximations <strong>in</strong> equation (D.2) it follows that:(h i+1 u2 i+1(x i+122 j ; h i;1 u2 i;12 j )+ (h i+ 1 2 1; x i;1 )(w2 ij+1 ; w2 ij;1 )2 1 2 =; h i;1 )( 2 u2 j; 1 ij;1 ; 22 2 j+ 1 2@ h i! a2@(2)u + @ h i! ;a21 @(1)h 0 u + a 1 (1)w +ij2 ij( 1 ) 2( 2 ) 2h @ 3 u24 @( 1 ) + h003 8; h04@ 2 u@( 2 ) 2 ; h06 2 j@u@ 1 ; h00024 2 j@ 3 u@( 2 ) + x03 24@u@ 2 ; h08 2 ju ij+1 )2+ 1 2@ 3 u@( 1 ) 2 @ + x000 @w+2 24 @!ij2@ 3 w+ O((@( 2 )!ij1 ) 3 ( 2 ) 3 ) (D.6)3Equation (D.6) shows that the truncation error of the <strong>in</strong> this work used discretizationfor the cont<strong>in</strong>uity equation is of second-order <strong>in</strong> ( 1 2 ). From equation (D.6) it is alsoclear that steep gradients <strong>in</strong> h can <strong>in</strong>crease the truncation error. A remedy is to renethe grid. It is also mentioned that a local renement of the grid <strong>in</strong> the x-direction candecrease certa<strong>in</strong> terms <strong>in</strong> the truncation error.118


Bibliography[1] Bair, S., Khonsari, M. and W<strong>in</strong>er, W.O., 1998, \High-pressure rheology oflubricants and limitations of the Reynolds equation", Tribology International, 31,No. 10, pp. 573-586.[2] Barus, C., 1893, \Isothermals, isopiestics and isometrics relative to viscosity", Am.J. of Science, 45, pp. 87-96.[3] Biesheuvel, A., 1995, \Golven <strong>in</strong> twee fasenstrom<strong>in</strong>g", J.M. Burgerscentrum researchschool for uid mechanics, Netherlands.[4] Brandt, A. and D<strong>in</strong>ar, N., 1979, \<strong>Multi</strong>grid solutions to ow problems.", NumericalMethods for Partial Dierential Equations, Ed. S. Parter, Academic, NewYork, pp. 53-147.[5] Brandt, A., 1982. \Guide to multigrid development", <strong>Multi</strong>grid methods: Lecturenotes <strong>in</strong> Mathematics 960, Ed. W. Hackbusch and U. Trottenberg, Spr<strong>in</strong>ger Verlag,Berl<strong>in</strong>, pp. 220-312.[6] Briggs, W.L., 1987, \A multigrid tutorial", SIAM.[7] Cameron, A., 1966, \The pr<strong>in</strong>ciples of lubrication", Longmans Green and co ltd,London, UK.[8] Cann, P.M., Spikes, H.A., and Hutch<strong>in</strong>son, J., 1996, \The development ofa spacer layer imag<strong>in</strong>g method for mapp<strong>in</strong>g elastohydrodynamic contacts", STLETransactions, V36, 4, pp. 915-921.[9] Chen, Y. and Heister, S.D., 1994, \A numerical treatment for attached cavitation",Jour. <strong>Fluid</strong>s Eng., 116, pp. 613-618.[10] Cheng, H.S., and Dyson, A., 1977, \Elastohydrodynamic lubrication ofcircumferentially-ground rough disks", ASLE Transactions, 21, pp. 25-40.[11] Chow, L.S.H., and Cheng, H.S., 1976, \The eect of surface roughness onthe average lm thickness between lubricated rollers", ASME J. of Tribology, pp.177-124.[12] Chow P.L., and Saibel E.A., 1978, \On the roughness eect <strong>in</strong> hydrodynamiclubrication", ASME J. of Tribology, 100, pp. 176-180.119


[13] Christensen, H., 1970, \Stochastic models for hydrodynamic lubrication of roughsurfaces", Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng., 184, 1, pp. 1013-1026.[14] Christensen ,H., 1971, \Some aspects of the functional <strong>in</strong>uence of surface roughness<strong>in</strong> lubrication", Wear, 17, pp. 149-163.[15] Christensen, H., and Tonder, K., 1971, \The hydrodynamic lubrication ofrough bear<strong>in</strong>g surfaces of nite width", ASME J. of Tribology, pp.324-330.[16] Christensen, H., and Tonder, K., 1973, \The hydrodynamic lubrication ofrough journal bear<strong>in</strong>gs", ASME J. of Tribology, pp. 166-172.[17] Constant<strong>in</strong>escu, V.N., 1969, \Gas lubrication", A.S.M.E, New York.[18] Dai, R.X., Dong, Q. and Szeri, A.Z., 1992, \Approximations <strong>in</strong> hydrodynamiclubrication.", Jour. Trib., Vol. 114, pp. 14-25.[19] Delannoy, Y. and Kueny, J.L., 1990, \Two-phase ow approach <strong>in</strong> unsteadycavitation model<strong>in</strong>g.", Cavitation and multiphase ow 98, ASME FED, pp. 153-158.[20] Dennis, J.E. and Schnabel, R.B., 1983, \Numerical methods for unconstra<strong>in</strong>edoptimization and nonl<strong>in</strong>ear equations", Prentice-Hall.[21] Dowson, D., 1979, \History of tribology", Longman Group Limited, London.[22] Dowson, D. and Taylor, C.M.,1979,\Cavitation <strong>in</strong> bear<strong>in</strong>gs", Ann. Rev. <strong>Fluid</strong>Mech., 11, pp. 35-66.[23] Dowson, D., and Higg<strong>in</strong>son, G.R., 1959, \A numerical solution to the elastohydrodynamicproblem", J. of Mech. Eng. Science, 1, pp. 6.[24] Dowson, D., and Higg<strong>in</strong>son, G.R., 1966, \Elastohydrodynamic lubrication",The Fundamentals of Roller and Gear Lubrication, Pergamon Press, Oxford, GreatBrita<strong>in</strong>.[25] Elrod, H.G., 1973, \Th<strong>in</strong>-lm lubrication theory for Newtonian uids with surfacespossess<strong>in</strong>g striated roughness or groov<strong>in</strong>g", Jour. Lub. Tech., pp.484-489.[26] Elrod, H.G., 1977, \A review of theories for uid dynamic eects of roughness onlam<strong>in</strong>ar lubricat<strong>in</strong>g lms", Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of the Leeds Lyon conference on tribology.[27] Elrod, H.G., 1979, \A general theory for lam<strong>in</strong>ar lubrication with Reynolds roughness",Jour. Lub. Tech., 101, pp. 8-14.[28] Ertel, A.M., 1939, \Hydrodynamic lubrication based on new pr<strong>in</strong>ciples", Akad.Nauk SSSR Prikadnaya Mathematica I Mekhanika, V3,2, pp. 41-52.[29] Fuller, D., 1992, \Friction and wear of Gas-lubricated bear<strong>in</strong>gs", <strong>in</strong> P.J. Blau(ed.), A.S.M. Handbook, Friction, Lubrication and Wear Technology, 18, A.S.M.,pp. 522-534.120


[30] Goglia, P.R., Cusano, C., and Conry, T.F., 1984, \The eects of irregularitieson the elastohydrodynamic lubrication of slid<strong>in</strong>g l<strong>in</strong>e contacts, part I: S<strong>in</strong>gleirregularities", ASME J. of Tribology, 106, pp. 104-112.[31] Goglia, P.R., Cusano, C., and Conry, T.F., 1984, \The eects of irregularitieson the elastohydrodynamic lubrication of slid<strong>in</strong>g l<strong>in</strong>e contacts, part II: Wavysurfaces", ASME J. of Tribology, 107, pp. 113-119.[32] Grub<strong>in</strong>, A.N., and V<strong>in</strong>ogradova, I.E., 1949, \Investigation of the contact of mach<strong>in</strong>ecomponents", F. Ketova (ed.) Central Scientic Research Institute for Technologyand Mechanical Eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g (Moscow), Book No. 30, (DSIR translation No.337).[33] Gumbel, L., 1916, \Uber geschmierte Arbeitsrader", Z. ges. Turb<strong>in</strong>enwesen, 13,pp. 357.[34] Hackbusch, W., 1985. \<strong>Multi</strong>-grid methods and applications.", Spr<strong>in</strong>ger Verlag,Berl<strong>in</strong>.[35] Hackbusch, W., 1992. \Elliptic dierential equations, theory and numerical treatment.",Spr<strong>in</strong>ger series <strong>in</strong> computational mathematics 18, Spr<strong>in</strong>ger Verlag Berl<strong>in</strong>.[36] Hamrock B.J., and Dowson, D., 1977, \Isothermal elastohydrodynamic lubricationof po<strong>in</strong>t contacts", part I, Theoretical Formulation, ASME J. of Lub. Tech.,98, pp. 223-229.[37] Hamrock B.J., and Dowson, D., 1977, \Isothermal elastohydrodynamic lubricationof po<strong>in</strong>t contacts", part III, Fully Flooded Results, ASME J. of Lub. Tech.,99, pp. 264-276.[38] Harlow, F. and Welch, J., 1965, \Numerical calculation of time-dependent viscous<strong>in</strong>compressible ow", Phys. <strong>Fluid</strong>s, 8, pp. 2182-2189.[39] Hoeijmakers, H.W.M. , Janssens, M.E. and Kwan, W., 1998, \Numericalsimulation of sheet cavitation", Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of the third <strong>in</strong>ternational symposium oncavitation, Grenoble, France.[40] Joppich, W, 1996, \Grundlagen der Mehrgittermethode", GMD, Sankt August<strong>in</strong>.[41] Kaneta, M, 1992, \Eects of surface roughness <strong>in</strong> elastohydrodynamic lubrication",JSME, III, 35, No 4, pp. 535-546.[42] K<strong>in</strong>gsbury, A., 1910, \Thrust bear<strong>in</strong>gs", US Patent No. 947242.[43] Kubota, A., Kato, H., and Yamaguchi, H., 1992, \A new model<strong>in</strong>g of cavitat<strong>in</strong>gows: A numerical study of unsteady cavitation on a hydrofoil section", Jour.<strong>Fluid</strong> Mech., 240, pp. 59-96.[44] Mart<strong>in</strong>, H.M., 1916, \Lubrication of gear teeth", Eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g, 102, pp. 119-121.121


[45] Michell, A.G.M., 1905, \Improvements <strong>in</strong> thrust and like bear<strong>in</strong>gs", BritishPatent No 875.[46] Michell, A.G.M., 1905, \The lubrication of plane surfaces", Z. Math. Phys., V52, 2, pp. 123-137.[47] Moat, H.K., 1964, \Viscous and resistive eddies near a sharp corner", J. <strong>Fluid</strong>Mech., 18, pp. 1-18.[48] Myllerup, C.M. and Hamrock, B.J., 1992, \Local eects <strong>in</strong> th<strong>in</strong> lm lubrication",Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of the 19 th Leeds Lyon conference on tribology.[49] Myllerup, C.M. and Hamrock, B.J., 1994, \Perturbation approach to hydrodynamiclubrication theory", Journal of Tribology, 116, pp. 110-118.[50] Noordmans, J., 1996, \Solutions of highly anisotropic Stokes equations for lubricationproblems", ECCOMAS 96.[51] Oosterlee, K., 1993. \Robust multigrid methods for the steady and unsteady<strong>in</strong>compressible Navier-Stokes equations <strong>in</strong> general coord<strong>in</strong>ates.", Ph.D. Thesis, DelftUniversity, The Netherlands.[52] Pan, C.H.T., 1990, \Gas lubrication (1915-1990)", Achievements <strong>in</strong> Tribology: onthe 75 th Anniversary of the A.S.M.E. Research Committee on Tribology, A.S.M.E.,New York.[53] Patankar, S. V. and Spald<strong>in</strong>g D. B.,1972, \A calculation procedure for heatand mass transfer <strong>in</strong> three-dimensional parabolic ows", Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer,15, pp. 1787-1806.[54] Patir, N., and Cheng, H.S., 1978,\Anaverage ow model for determ<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g eectsof three-dimensional roughness on partial hydrodynamic lubrication", ASME J. ofTribology, 100, pp. 12-17.[55] Patir, N., and Cheng, H.S., 1978, \Eect of surface roughness orientation onthe central lm thickness <strong>in</strong> EHD contacts", Proc. 1977 Leeds Lyon Symposium onTribology, Elsevier, pp. 15-21.[56] Patir, N., and Cheng, H.S., 1979, \Application of average ow model to lubricationbetween rough slid<strong>in</strong>g surfaces", ASME J. of Tribology, 101, pp. 220-230.[57] Pertusevich, A.I., 1951, \Fundamental conclusions from the contact hydrodynamictheory of lubrication", Izv. Akad. Nauk SSR (OTN), 3, pp. 209-223.[58] Phan-Thien, N., 1981, \On the eects of parallel and transverse stationary randomsurface roughness <strong>in</strong> hydrodynamics lubrication", Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, A,374, pp. 569-591.122


[59] Phan-Thien, N., 1981, \On the eects of the Reynolds and Stokes surface roughnesses<strong>in</strong> a two-dimensional slider bear<strong>in</strong>g", Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. A, 377, pp.349-362.[60] Phan-Thien, N., 1982, \Hydrodynamic lubrication of rough surfaces", Proc. Roy.Soc. Lond., A,383, pp. 439-446.[61] Phan-Thien, N., 1982, \On the mean Reynolds equation <strong>in</strong> the presence of homogeneousrandom surface roughness", ASME J. of Tribology, 49, pp. 476-480.[62] Phan-Thien, N., and Atk<strong>in</strong>son, J.D., 1982, \On the eects of homogeneousReynolds roughness <strong>in</strong> a two-dimensional slider bear<strong>in</strong>g with exponential lm thickness",ASME J. of Tribology, 104, pp. 220-226.[63] Prakash, J., 1984, \On the lubrication of rough rollers", ASME J. of Tribology,106, pp. 211-217.[64] Press, W.H., Flannery, S.A., Teukolsky, S.A. and Vetterl<strong>in</strong>g, W.T., 1992,\Numerical recipes <strong>in</strong> C: The art of scientic programm<strong>in</strong>g", Cambridge universitypress.[65] Reynolds, O., 1886, \On the theory of Lubrication and its Application toMr. Beauchamps Tower's Experiments, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g an Experimental Determ<strong>in</strong>ationof the Viscosity of Olive Oil", Phil. Trans., 177, pp. 157-234.[66] Rhie, C.M. and Chow, W.L., 1983, \Numerical study of the turbulent owpastan airfoil with trail<strong>in</strong>g edge seperation", AIAA journal, 21, pp.1525-1532.[67] Richtmyer, R.D. and Morton, K.W., 1967, \Dierence methods for <strong>in</strong>itialvalue problems", 2nd edn, London: Wiley-Interscience.[68] Roelands, C.J.A., 1966, \Correlational aspects of the viscosity-temperature -pressure relationship of lubricat<strong>in</strong>g oils", Ph.D. Thesis, Technische Hogeschool Delft,The Netherlands, (V.R.B., Gron<strong>in</strong>gen, The Netherlands).[69] Saad, Y., 1996, \Iterative methods for sparse l<strong>in</strong>ear systems", Boston [etc.] : PWS.[70] Sadeghi, F., and Sui, P.C., 1989, \Compressible elastohydrodynamic lubricationof rough surfaces", ASME J. of Tribology, 99, pp. 2-6.[71] Sassenfeld H, and Walther, A., 1954, \Gleitlagerberechnungen", VDIForschungsheft 441, Deutscher Ingenieur Verlag GMBH, Dusseldorf Germany.[72] Schafer, C.T., Giese, P. and Woolley, N.H., 1999, \Elastohydrodynamicallylubricated l<strong>in</strong>e contact based on the Navier-Stokes equations", Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of the26 th Leeds Lyon conference on tribology.[73] Sommerfeld, A., 1904, \Zur hydrodynamischen Theorie der Schmiermittelreibung",Z. fur Mathematik und physik, 50, pp. 97-155.123


[74] South, J.C. and Brandt, A., 1976, \Application of a multi-level grid method totransonic ow calculations", NASA Langley Research Center, ICASE report 76-8,Hampton, Virg<strong>in</strong>ia.[75] Stuben, K., Trottenberg, U., 1982, \<strong>Multi</strong>grid Methods: Fundamental Algorithms,Model Problem Analysis and Applications", <strong>Multi</strong>grid methods: Lecturenotes <strong>in</strong> Mathematics 960, Ed. W. Hackbusch and U. Trottenberg, pp. 1-176,Spr<strong>in</strong>ger Verlag, Berl<strong>in</strong>.[76] Sun, D.C., 1978, \On the eects of two-dimensional Reynolds roughness <strong>in</strong> hydrodynamiclubrication", Proc. R. Soc. Lond. A., 364, pp. 89-106.[77] Sun, D.C. and Chen, K.K., 1977, \First eects of Stokes roughness on hydrodynamiclubrication", Jour. Lub. Tech., pp.2-9.[78] Teale, J.L., and Lebeck, A.O., 1980, \An evaluation of the average ow modelfor surface roughness eects <strong>in</strong> lubrication", ASME J. of Tribology, 106, pp. 440-447.[79] Thompson, M.C. and Ferziger, J.H., 1989, \An adaptive multigrid techniquefor the <strong>in</strong>compressible Navier-Stokes equations.", J. Comput. Phys., 82, pp. 94-121.[80] Thompson, C.P. and Lezeau, P., 1998, \Application of the full approximationstorage method to the numerical simulation of two-dimensional steady <strong>in</strong>compressibleviscous multiphase ows", Int. J. Numer. Meth. <strong>Fluid</strong>s, 28: pp. 1217-1239.[81] Tower, B., 1883, \First report on friction experiments (friction of lubricated bear<strong>in</strong>gs)",Proc. Instn mech. Engrs, Nov. 1883, 632-659.[82] Tripp, J.H., 1983, \Surface roughness eects <strong>in</strong> hydrodynamic lubrication: Theow factor method", ASME J. of Tribology, 105, pp. 458-465.[83] Tripp, J.H., and Hamrock, B.J., 1985, \Surface roughness eects <strong>in</strong> elastohydrodynamiccontacts", Proc. 1984 Leeds Lyon Symposium on Tribology, Elsevier,pp. 30-39.[84] Tzeng, S.T., and Saibel, E., 1967, \Surface roughness eects on slider bear<strong>in</strong>glubrication", ASLE trans., 10, pp. 334-338.[85] Tzeng S.T., and Saibel E., 1967, \On the eects of surface roughness <strong>in</strong> thehydrodynamic lubrication theory of a short journal bear<strong>in</strong>g", Wear, 10, pp. 179-184.[86] Vanka, S. P., 1985, \Block-implicit calculation of steady turbulent recirculat<strong>in</strong>gows", Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer, 28, pp. 2093-2103.[87] Vanka, S. P., 1986, \Block-implicit multigrid solution of Navier-Stokes equations<strong>in</strong> primitive variables", J. Comput. Phys., 65, pp. 138-158.124


[88] Venner, C.H., 1991, \<strong>Multi</strong>level solution of the EHL l<strong>in</strong>e and po<strong>in</strong>t contact problems",Ph.D. Thesis, University of Twente, Enschede, The Netherlands.[89] Venner C.H. and Lubrecht, A.A., 1994, \Numerical simulation of a transverseridge <strong>in</strong> a circular EHL contact under roll<strong>in</strong>g/slid<strong>in</strong>g", Journal of tribology, 116,pp. 751-761.[90] Venner, C.H., and Lubrecht, A.A., 2000, \<strong>Multi</strong>level methods <strong>in</strong> lubrication",Elsevier, Tribology Series 37, Ed. D. Dowson.[91] Venner, C.H., Kaneta, M., and Lubrecht, A.A., 2000, \Surface Roughness <strong>in</strong>Elastohydrodynamically Lubricated Contacts", Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of the 26th Leeds-LyonConference, Leeds, Sept 1999, Elsevier Tribology Series, 38, Ed. Dowson et al. pp.25-36.[92] Venner, C.H., Kaneta, M., Nishikawa, H., and Jacod, B., 2001, \Eectsof Wav<strong>in</strong>ess on the lm thickness <strong>in</strong> a circular EHL contact under roll<strong>in</strong>g/slid<strong>in</strong>g",Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs Int. Tribology Conference, Nagasaki 2000., <strong>in</strong> press[93] Warsi, Z.U.A., 1993. \<strong>Fluid</strong> dynamics, theoretical and computational approaches",CRC Press, cop.[94] Wees van der, A.J., 1988, \A nonl<strong>in</strong>ear multigrid method for three-dimensionaltransonic potential ow", Ph.D. Thesis, Delft UniversityofTechnology, The Netherlands.[95] Wessel<strong>in</strong>g, P., 1992. \An <strong>in</strong>troduction to multigrid methods", John Wiley & Sons.[96] Whitehouse, D.J., 1994, \Handbook of surface metrology", Institute of physicspublish<strong>in</strong>g, Bristol.[97] Wijnant, Y.H., Venner, C.H., and Larsson, R., 1999, \Eects of StructuralVibrations on the Film Thickness <strong>in</strong> an EHL circular contact", ASME J. of Tribology,121, 259-264.[98] Wittum, G., 1989, \<strong>Multi</strong>-grid methods for Stokes and Navier-Stokes equationswith transform<strong>in</strong>g smoothers: algorithms and numerical results", Numer. Math.,54, pp. 543-563.[99] Wittum, G., 1990, \The use of fast solvers <strong>in</strong> computational uid dynamics",(Notes on Numerical <strong>Fluid</strong> Mechanics 29), Proc. 8th GAMM Conference on NumericalMethods <strong>in</strong> <strong>Fluid</strong> Mechanics, Ed. P. Wessel<strong>in</strong>g, Vieweg, Braunschweig, pp.574-581.[100] Zauderer, E., 1989, \Partial Dierential Equations of Applied Mathematics", 2ndedn., John Wiley & Sons, New York.125

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!